Service

[CONFIDENTIAL]
ECOSYS P5026cdw
ECOSYS P5026cdn
ECOSYS P5021cdw
ECOSYS P5021cdn
PF-5110
SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in Mar 2020
Rev.6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
CONFIDENTIAL
FOR AUTHORIZED KYOCERA ENGINEERS ONLY. DO NOT DISTRIBUTE TO NON-AUTHORIZED PAR-

TIES.
CAUTION
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BAT-

TERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
It may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste
officials for details in your area for proper disposal.
ATTENTION
IL Y A UN RISQUE D’EXPLOSION SI LA BATTERIE EST REMPLACEE PAR UN MODELE DE TYPE

INCORRECT. METTRE AU REBUT LES BATTERIES UTILISEES SELON LES INSTRUCTIONS DONNEES.
Il peut être illégal de jeter les batteries dans des eaux d’égout municipales. Vérifiez avec les fonctionnaires
municipaux de votre région pour les détails concernant des déchets solides et une mise au rebut appropriée.
Notation of products in the manual
For the purpose of this service manual, products are identified by print speed.
Product name Print speed Network KDJ KDA KDE KDAU

ECOSYS P5026cdw : 26 ppm Wi-Fi model ○ ○ ○ ○
ECOSYS P5026cdn : 26 ppm - × ○ ○ ○
ECOSYS P5021cdw : 21ppm Wi-Fi model × ○ ○ ○
ECOSYS P5021cdn : 21ppm - × ○ ○ ○
[CONFIDENTIAL]
Revision history
Revision Date Pages Revised contents
1 2 September 2016 4-15, 4-16, Correction: [Color Registration]
4-20, 4-26, 4-44
4-20, 4-26 Correction: Text representation
7-38 to 44 Correction: C0970/C1810/C4000/C4010/C4600/C6000/
C6020/C6030/C6050
2 27 December 2016 6-18 Correction: Description of Toner Log
3 7 February 2017 2-16, 2-18 Correction: Illustration language
4 26 June 2018 7-63 Deletion: Firmware update
5 28 June 2019 6-18 Correction: Contents of the Toner Log
7-68 Addition: F60X
9-10 Addition: Maintenance command
6 11 March 2020 4-91 Addition: Caution of EEPROM handling
7-144 Delition: Step 3 in C0100
[CONFIDENTIAL]
This page is intentionally left blank.

[CONFIDENTIAL]
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of
their customers, their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel
are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions
described here before engaging in maintenance activities.
[CONFIDENTIAL]
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and
to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:
DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect
compliance with warning messages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance
with warning messages using this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect com-
pliance with warning messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is
shown inside the symbol.
General warning. Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action. Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol.
General action required. Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.

[CONFIDENTIAL]
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to
one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that
it is adequate for the rated current. .....................................................................................................
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or
electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause
explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, light-
ning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper
authorities. ..........................................................................................................................................
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. .........
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. .................
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This
may cause fire. ...................................................................................................................................
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool
as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ............
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. .................................................
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause
the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. ..............................................................
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally
ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately.
If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical atten-
tion. .....................................................................................................................................................
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copier’s
instruction handbook. .........................................................................................................................
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. ................
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related
brochures. ..........................................................................................................................................
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms
and protective circuits. ........................................................................................................................
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................................................................
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure
when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious acci-
dent. ...................................................................................................................................................
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a
part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. ..................................................................
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. ...............
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it
is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. .................................................................
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may
damage eyesight. ...............................................................................................................................
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric
shock if handled improperly. ...............................................................................................................
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties, make sure they are safely
secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections. ......................................................................
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ..........
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. ..................................
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause
abnormally high temperatures. ...........................................................................................................
[CONFIDENTIAL]
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ......................
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing
them; always hold the plug itself. ........................................................................................................
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a
cable cover or other appropriate item. ................................................................................................
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ..........
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .....................................................................
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ......................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were
removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector,
trapped wire and missing screws. .......................................................................................................
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction
handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. .......................................
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ......................................
· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely.
· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the power
switch on.
· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to
fire in a furnace, etc. ...........................................................................................................................
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immedi-
ately. ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the
specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. ........................................................................................
• Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an electric shock
might occur. ........................................................................................................................................
[CONFIDENTIAL]
This page is intentionally left blank.

[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
CONTENTS
1 Specifications
1-1Specifications ....................................................................................................................... 1-1
(1)Common function ............................................................................................................. 1-1
(2)Printer Functions .............................................................................................................. 1-3
(3)Paper Feeder (PF-5110)(Option) ..................................................................................... 1-3
1-2Part Names........................................................................................................................... 1-4
(1)Machine Exterior .............................................................................................................. 1-4
(2)Part Names (Connectors/Interior) .................................................................................... 1-5
(3)With Optional Equipments Attached ................................................................................ 1-6
(4)Operation Panel ............................................................................................................... 1-7
1-3Optional Equipment .............................................................................................................. 1-8
(1)PF-5110 "Paper Feeder" .................................................................................................. 1-8
(2)Card Authentication Kit(B) "Card Authentication Kit" ....................................................... 1-8
(3)UG-33 "ThinPrint Option" ................................................................................................. 1-8
(4)SD/SDHC Memory Card .................................................................................................. 1-8
2 Installation
2-1Environment ......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-2Installing the main unit.......................................................................................................... 2-2
(1)Unpacking and checking bundled items........................................................................... 2-3
(1-1)Main unit ............................................................................................................. 2-3
(1-2)Paper Feeder(Option)......................................................................................... 2-4
(2)Optional unit installation ................................................................................................... 2-4
(3)Setting up the Toner Container ........................................................................................ 2-5
(4)Connecting to the Interface Cable.................................................................................... 2-6
(4-1)Connecting to LAN Cable ................................................................................... 2-6
(4-2)Connecting USB Cable....................................................................................... 2-6
(4-3)Connecting the Power Cable .............................................................................. 2-6
(5)Setting of the Paper ......................................................................................................... 2-7
(5-1)Set paper in the cassette 1 ................................................................................. 2-7
(5-2)Set the paper in the cassette 2 ........................................................................... 2-9
(5-3)Precaution for Handling Paper.......................................................................... 2-11
(6)Power-up........................................................................................................................ 2-11
(7)Default Setting................................................................................................................ 2-12
(7-1)Setting Date and Time ...................................................................................... 2-12
(7-2)Network Setup .................................................................................................. 2-14
(7-3)Set the Wi-Fi Direct........................................................................................... 2-20
(7-4)Altitude Adjustment Setting............................................................................... 2-23
(8)Installing Software ......................................................................................................... 2-24
(9)Output of status page..................................................................................................... 2-25
(10)Completion of installing the main unit (Turning the power off) ..................................... 2-25
3 Machine Design
3-1Cross-section view ............................................................................................................... 3-1
(1)Main unit + Paper feeder (option)..................................................................................... 3-1
3-2Paper conveying and Paper detection.................................................................................. 3-2
(1)Main unit + Paper feeder (option)..................................................................................... 3-2
3-3Electric parts......................................................................................................................... 3-3
(1)Wire connection ............................................................................................................... 3-3
(1-1)Machine left side................................................................................................. 3-3
(1-2)Machine right side............................................................................................... 3-4
(2)Wire connection (option) .................................................................................................. 3-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-1)Paper feeder ....................................................................................................... 3-5

(3)Descriptions about the major PWBs ................................................................................ 3-6
(3-1)Main/Engine PWB............................................................................................... 3-6
(3-2)High-voltage PWB .............................................................................................. 3-6
(3-3)Container relay PWB .......................................................................................... 3-6
(3-4)Unit relay PWB ................................................................................................... 3-6
(3-5)Power source PWB............................................................................................. 3-7
(3-6)Operation panel PWB ......................................................................................... 3-7
(4)Electric parts layout (standard) ........................................................................................ 3-8
(4-1)PWBs.................................................................................................................. 3-8
(4-2)Sensors and Switches ...................................................................................... 3-11
(4-3)Motors............................................................................................................... 3-13
(4-4)Others ............................................................................................................... 3-15
(5)Electric parts layout (option)........................................................................................... 3-17
(5-1)Paper feeder ..................................................................................................... 3-17
3-4Drive system....................................................................................................................... 3-18
(1)Drive system for the unit ................................................................................................ 3-18
(2)Each section drive.......................................................................................................... 3-19
(2-1)Drum drive ........................................................................................................ 3-19
(2-2)Developer drive................................................................................................. 3-19
(2-3)Paper feed roller drive ...................................................................................... 3-20
(2-4)Primary transfer drive ....................................................................................... 3-20
(2-5)Fuser roller drive............................................................................................... 3-21
(2-6)Eject/Fuser pressure release unit ..................................................................... 3-21
(3)Drive location ................................................................................................................. 3-22
(4)Drive unit ........................................................................................................................ 3-23
(4-1)Main drive unit .................................................................................................. 3-23
(4-2)Eject/Fuser pressure release unit ..................................................................... 3-23
3-5Mechanical construction ..................................................................................................... 3-24
(1)Paper feed and conveying section ................................................................................. 3-24
(1-1)Cassette paper feed and Conveying section .................................................... 3-24
(1-2)MP tray paper feed/ paper conveying section .................................................. 3-26
(2)Optical section................................................................................................................ 3-28
(2-1)Laser scanner unit ............................................................................................ 3-28
(3)Developer section .......................................................................................................... 3-30
(3-1)Developer unit................................................................................................... 3-30
(4)Drum section .................................................................................................................. 3-32
(4-1)Charger roller unit ............................................................................................. 3-32
(4-2)Cleaning............................................................................................................ 3-32
(5)Transfer and separation section..................................................................................... 3-34
(5-1)Primary transfer unit ......................................................................................... 3-34
(5-2)Secondary transfer unit..................................................................................... 3-36
(6)Fuser section.................................................................................................................. 3-38
(7)Eject and feedshift section ............................................................................................. 3-40
(8)Duplex conveying section .............................................................................................. 3-42
(9)Paper feeder (option) ..................................................................................................... 3-44
(9-1)Cassette paper feed section ............................................................................. 3-44
4 Maintenance
4-1Precautions for the maintenance.......................................................................................... 4-1
(1)Precautions ...................................................................................................................... 4-1
(2)Storage and handling of the drum.................................................................................... 4-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3)Storage of the toner container.......................................................................................... 4-1

(4)Screening of the toner container ...................................................................................... 4-1
4-2Maintenance parts replacement procedures ........................................................................ 4-3
(1)Cassette paper feed section ............................................................................................ 4-3
(1-1)Detaching and reattaching the retard pulley and pickup pulley
and paper feed roller .................................................................................................. 4-3
(2)MP paper feed section ..................................................................................................... 4-5
(2-1)Detaching and reattaching MP paper feed roller and the MP separation pad .... 4-5
(3)Transfer section ............................................................................................................. 4-12
(3-1)Detaching and reattaching the primary transfer unit ......................................... 4-12
(3-2)Detaching and reattaching the secondary transfer roller .................................. 4-16
(4)Drum section .................................................................................................................. 4-17
(4-1)Detaching and reattaching the drum unit.......................................................... 4-17
(5)Developer section .......................................................................................................... 4-21
(5-1)Detaching and reattaching the developer unit .................................................. 4-21
(6)Fuser section.................................................................................................................. 4-27
(6-1)Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit .......................................................... 4-27
4-3Disassembly and Reassembly ........................................................................................... 4-29
(1)Storage of the toner container........................................................................................ 4-29
(2)Outer covers................................................................................................................... 4-29
(2-1)Detaching and reattaching the right rear cover................................................. 4-29
(2-2)Detaching and reattaching the right cover/the right bottom cover .................... 4-30
(2-3)Detaching and reattaching the left rear cover................................................... 4-31
(2-4)Detaching and reattaching the fuser wire cover ............................................... 4-31
(2-5)Detaching and reattaching the left front cover .................................................. 4-32
(2-6)Detaching and reattaching the left rear inner cover.......................................... 4-32
(2-7)Detaching and reattaching the rear cover......................................................... 4-33
(2-8)Detaching and reattaching the rear bottom cover............................................. 4-34
(2-9)Detaching and reattaching the front cover........................................................ 4-35
(2-10)Detaching and reattaching the top rear cover and the top front cover............ 4-37
(3)Optical section................................................................................................................ 4-39
(3-1)Detaching and reattaching the LSU.................................................................. 4-39
(4)Drive section .................................................................................................................. 4-45
(4-1)Detaching and reattaching the main drive unit ................................................. 4-45
(4-2)Detaching and reattaching the eject unit/the pressure release unit.................. 4-55
(4-3)Detaching and reattaching the eject drive unit.................................................. 4-61
(4-4)Detaching and reattaching the conveying motor .............................................. 4-70
(4-5)Detaching and reattaching the paper feed/the resist clutch assembly ............. 4-75
(5)Others ............................................................................................................................ 4-78
(5-1)Detaching and reattaching the conveying unit.................................................. 4-78
(5-2)Detaching and reattaching the eject unit .......................................................... 4-80
(5-3)Fan motor attachment direction ........................................................................ 4-85
(6)PWBs ............................................................................................................................. 4-86
(6-1)Detaching and reattaching the main/the engine PWB ...................................... 4-86
(6-2)Detaching and reattaching the high voltage PWB ............................................ 4-92
(6-3)Detaching and reattaching the lower voltage power PWB................................ 4-99
(6-4)Detaching and reattaching the container relay PWB ...................................... 4-104
(6-5)Detaching and reattaching the unit relay PWB ............................................... 4-112
(6-6)Detaching and reattaching the operation panel PWB..................................... 4-118
4-4Maintenance parts replacement procedures (option) ....................................................... 4-123
(1)Paper feeder (PF-5110) ............................................................................................... 4-123
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-1)Detaching and reattaching the retard,

the pickup pulley and paper feed roller .................................................................. 4-123
(1-2)Detaching and reattaching the PF PWB ......................................................... 4-125
5 Firmware
5-1Firmware update................................................................................................................... 5-1
6 Service modes
6-1Service modes...................................................................................................................... 6-1
(1)Executing the service mode ............................................................................................. 6-1
(2)Descriptions of service modes ......................................................................................... 6-2
(3)Print event log ................................................................................................................ 6-13
7 Troubleshooting
7-1Feeding/Conveying Failures................................................................................................. 7-1
(1)Prior standard check items............................................................................................... 7-1
(1-1)Paper jam due to the cover-open detection........................................................ 7-2
(1-2)Paper jam due to the wave or curl in the fuser section of the damp paper......... 7-2
(1-3)Paper jam due to the dog-ear, paper skew, paper creases,
fusing failure or the paper curl.................................................................................... 7-3
(1-4)Paper jam caused by the conveying guide,
paper entry guide or the feedshift guide..................................................................... 7-3
(1-5)Paper jam caused by incorrectly loaded paper in the cassette .......................... 7-4
(1-6)Paper jam due to the inferior paper .................................................................... 7-4
(1-7)Paper jam caused by the conveying rollers or the paper feed pulleys ............... 7-5
(1-8)Paper jam due to the sensor............................................................................... 7-6
(1-9)Paper jam due to the setting / detection failure .................................................. 7-6
(1-10)Paper jam due to the static electricity ............................................................... 7-7
(1-11)Paper jam caused by the installation environment
since the papers inside the cassette are always damp.)............................................ 7-7
(2)Paper jam indication......................................................................................................... 7-8
(3)Paper jam detection condition.......................................................................................... 7-9
7-2Self diagnostic .................................................................................................................... 7-35
(1)Self diagnostic function .................................................................................................. 7-35
(2)Self diagnostic codes ..................................................................................................... 7-35
(3)System Error (Fxxxx) Outline ......................................................................................... 7-64
7-3Image formation failure....................................................................................................... 7-69
(1)Image failure(Image forming factor: printer engine for single color)............................... 7-70
(1-1)No image appears (entirely white) .................................................................... 7-72
(1-2)No image appears (entirely black) .................................................................... 7-73
(1-3)The entire image is faint ................................................................................... 7-74
(1-4)The background is colored ............................................................................... 7-76
(1-5)Vertical white streaks or bands appear............................................................. 7-77
(1-6)Black or color streaks appear longitudinally ..................................................... 7-78
(1-7)White, black or color streaks or bands appear horizontally .............................. 7-79
(1-8)Uneven density vertically .................................................................................. 7-80
(1-9)Uneven density horizontally.............................................................................. 7-81
(1-10)Black or color dots appear in the image ......................................................... 7-82
(1-11)Offset occurs................................................................................................... 7-82
(1-12)The image is partly missing ............................................................................ 7-84
(1-13)The image is blurred ....................................................................................... 7-84
(1-14)Poor gray scale reproduction.......................................................................... 7-85
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-15)Irregular horizontal white streaks appear in the image

Dots appear in the image ......................................................................................... 7-85
(1-16)Granular iamge (low solid image desnity)....................................................... 7-87
(2)Image failure (Transfer, paper conveying and fusing factor:
printer engine for 4 colors)................................................................................................. 7-88
(2-1)No image appears (entirely white) .................................................................... 7-90
(2-2)The entire image is faint ................................................................................... 7-91
(2-3)The background is colored ............................................................................... 7-92
(2-4)Vertical white streaks or bands appear............................................................. 7-92
(2-5)Black or color streaks appear longitudinally ..................................................... 7-94
(2-6)White, black or color streaks or bands appear horizontally .............................. 7-95
(2-7)Uneven transfer ................................................................................................ 7-96
(2-8)Black or color dots appear in the image ........................................................... 7-97
(2-9)Characters are blurred (transfer shift)............................................................... 7-98
(2-10)Regular error arises at the leading edge of the original image and copy one. 7-98
(2-11)Irregularly error arises
at the leading edge of the original image and copy one......................................... 7-100
(2-12)Creases arises on paper............................................................................... 7-100
(2-13)Offset occurs................................................................................................. 7-101
(2-14)The image is partly missing (Outlines objects and white dots) ..................... 7-102
(2-15)Fusing failure ................................................................................................ 7-103
(2-16)The image is blurred ..................................................................................... 7-103
(2-17)Image center and copy image one do not accord......................................... 7-104
(2-18)Paper is dirty with toner ................................................................................ 7-104
(2-19)Poor color reproduction ................................................................................ 7-105
(2-20)Color registration shift................................................................................... 7-106
(2-21)Dirt on the backside of paper........................................................................ 7-107
7-4Electric failure ................................................................................................................... 7-108
7-5Mechanical failure............................................................................................................. 7-112
8 PWBs
8-1Description for PWB ............................................................................................................. 8-1
(1)Main/Engine PWB ............................................................................................................ 8-1
(2)Container relay PWB........................................................................................................ 8-9
(3)Unit relay PWB............................................................................................................... 8-13
(4)High voltage PWB .......................................................................................................... 8-16
(5)Low voltage power supply PWB..................................................................................... 8-18
(6)Operation panel main PWB............................................................................................ 8-20
8-2Description for PWB (OPTION) .......................................................................................... 8-22
(1)PF PWB (PF-5110) ........................................................................................................ 8-22
9 Appendixes
9-1Appendixes........................................................................................................................... 9-1
(1)Repetitive defects gauge.................................................................................................. 9-1
(2)Firmware environment commands................................................................................... 9-2
(3)Maintenance Commands ............................................................................................... 9-10
(4)Wiring diagram ............................................................................................................... 9-11
Instaration Guide
PF-5110 (250 sheets × 1 Paper Feeder)
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1 Specifications
1-1 Specifications
(1) Common function
Item Description
26 ppm model 21 ppm model
Product name ECOSYS P5026cdw ECOSYS P5021cdw
ECOSYS P5026cdn ECOSYS P5021cdn
Type Desktop
Printing Method Electrophotography by semiconductor laser
Paper Weight Cassette 60 to 163 g/m²
Multi Purpose 60 to 220 g/m², 230g/m² (Hagaki)
Tray
Paper Type Cassette Plain, Rough, Recycled, Preprinted, Bond, Color, Prepunched,
Letterhead, Thick, High Quality,
Custom 1 to 8 (Duplex: Same as Simplex)
Multi Purpose Plain, Transparency (OHP film), Rough, Vellum, Labels, Recy-
Tray cled, Preprinted, Bond, Cardstock, Coated, Color,
Prepunched, Letterhead,
Envelope, Thick, High Quality, Custom 1 to 8
Paper Size Cassette A4, A5-R, A5, B5, A6, B6, Letter, Legal, Folio, 216 × 340 mm,
Statement-R, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, B5(ISO),
Custom (105 x 148 to 216 x 356 mm)
Multi Purpose A4, A5-R, A5, A6, B5, B6, Letter, Legal, Folio, 216 × 340 mm,
Tray Statement-R, Statement, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, B5(ISO),
Envelope #10, Envelope #9, Envelope #6 3/4,
Envelope Monarch, Envelope DL, Envelope C5, Hagaki
(Cardstock), Oufuku Hagaki (Return postcard), Youkei 4,
Youkei 2, Custom (70 × 148 mm to 216 × 356 mm)
Printable Area Print margin for top, bottom and both sides is 4.2 mm.
Warm-up Time Power on 29 seconds or less 32 seconds or less
(23°C/ 73.4°F,
Sleep 13 seconds or less 12 seconds or less
60%)
Paper Capac- Cassette 300 sheets (64 g/m²)/250 sheets (80 g/m²)*1
ity
Multi Purpose 55 sheets (64 g/m²)/50 sheets (80 g/m²) :A4/Letter or smaller
Tray
Output Tray Inner tray 150 sheets (80 g/m²)
Capacity
Image Write System Semiconductor laser and electrophotography (a single beam)
Photoconductor OPC drum (diameter 24mm)
Charging system Contact charger roller method
Developer system Non-magnetic dual-component developing system
Toner replenishing: Automatic from the toner container
1-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Item Description
Transfer system Primary: Transfer belt method
Secondary: Transfer roller method
Separation system Diameter separation, separation needle
Cleaning Drum Counter blade
system
Primary trans- Counter blade
fer
Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp (LED)
Fusing system Heat and pressure fusing with the heat roller and the press
roller
Heat source: halogen heater
Abnormally high temperature protection devices: thermostat
Memory 512 MB
Interface USB Interface Connector: 1 (Hi-Speed USB)
Network interface: 1
(10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T)
USB Port: 1 (Hi-Speed USB)
Wireless LAN support Wireless LAN support
(ECOSYS P5026cdw only) (ECOSYS P5021cdw only)
Operating Temperature 10 to 32.5°C/50 to 90.5°F
Environment
Humidity 10 to 80%
Altitude 3,500 m/11,482 ft maximum
Brightness 1,500 lux maximum
Dimension (W × D × H) 16.42" × 16.89" × 19.49" /410 × 410 × 329 mm
Weight (without toner container) Approx. 46.3 lb/Approx. 21 kg
Space Required (W × D) (Using multi purpose tray) 16.15" × 23.39" / 410 × 594 mm
Power Source 120 V Specification Model: 120 V 60 Hz 8.6 A
230 V Specification Model: 220 to 240 V 50 Hz 4.5 A
*1 Up to upper limit height line in the cassette.
1-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Printer Functions

Item Description
Printing Speed Black and White Full Color Black and White Full Color
A4 Copying Copying Copying Copying
Letter 26 sheets/min 26 sheets/min 21 sheets/min 21 sheets/min
Legal 27 sheets/min 27 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min
B5 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 18 sheets/min 18 sheets/min
A5-R 27 sheets/min 27 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min
A6 27 sheets/min 27 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min
16K 27 sheets/min 27 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min
27 sheets/min 27 sheets/min 22 sheets/min 22 sheets/min
First Black and 9.5 seconds or less 11.0 seconds or less
First Print White
Time
Color 10.5 seconds or less 12.5 seconds or less
(A4)
Resolution 9600 dpi equivalent × 600 dpi
1200 dpi × 1200 dpi (Data resolution is 600 dpi.)*1
Operating System Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, Windows
7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows Server
2008/R2, Windows Server 2012/R2, Mac OS 10.5 or later
Interface USB Interface Connector: 1 (Hi-Speed USB)
Network interface: 1
(10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/1000 BASE-T)
Wireless LAN support
Page Description Language PRESCRIBE
Emulations PCL6(PCL-XL, PCL5c), KPDL3,PostScript3 compatible, PDF,
XPS, OpenXPS
*1 The processing speed will be slower than normal.
(3) Paper Feeder (PF-5110)(Option)

Item Description
Paper Supply Method Friction retard feeder
(No. Sheets: 300, 64 g/m², 1 cassette)
(No. Sheets: 250, 80 g/m², 1 cassette)
Paper Size A4, A5-R, A5, A6, B5, B6, Letter, Legal, Folio, 216 × 340 mm,
Statement-R, Statement, Executive, Oficio II, 16K, B5(ISO),
Custom (105 x 148 to 216 x 356 mm)
Supported Paper Paper weight: 60 to 163 g/m²
Media types: Plain, Recycled, Material
Dimensions (W) × (D) × (H) 16.42" × 16.89" × 5.79" 410 × 447.5 × 147 mm
Weight Approx. 8.16 lb/Approx. 3.7 kg
1-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1-2 Part Names

(1) Machine Exterior
1
2 9
8
7
3 6
5
11
5
10
1. Top Tray 6. Button

2. Eject Stopper 7. USB Memory Slot
3. Cassette 1 8. Right Cover
4. Power Switch 9. Operation Panel
5. Handles 10. Anti-theft Lock Slot
11. Rear cover 1
1-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Part Names (Connectors/Interior)
3
5 6 7
4
1. USB Interface Connector 6. Multi Purpose Tray

7. Sub Tray
2. Network Interface Connector
8. MP Paper Width Guides
3. MP Conveying guide
9. Fuser Unit
4. Paper Length Guide
5. Paper Width Guides
1-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
14
1011 1213
10. Toner Container (Yellow) 13. Toner Container (Black)

11. Toner Container (Cyan) 14. Toner Container Lock Lever
12. Toner Container (Magenta)
(3) With Optional Equipments Attached
2
1
1. Cassette 2
2. Rear cover 2
1-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Operation Panel
12
1 11
2, 3
4 10
6
7 9
8
1. [Menu] key: Displays the Menu screen.

2. Arrow keys: Increments or decrements numbers, or selects menu in the message display.
When a specific error occurs, select the [►] ( ) key to show the Help screen.
3. [OK] key: Finalizes a function or menu, and numbers that have been entered.
4. [Go] key: Clears a specific error, and wakes the machine from the sleep state.
5. [Quiet Mode] key: Lower print and scan speed for quiet processing.
6. [Wi-Fi] indicator : Blinks during Wi-Fi connection.
7. [Energy Saver] indicator: Lights up when the machine is in energy save mode.
8. [Ready] indicator: Lights up in the print ready state.Blinks during print processing or when an error occurs.
9. [Attention] indicator: Lights or blinks when an error occurs and a job is stopped.
10. [Cancel] key: Cancel a printing job.
11. [Logout] key: Exits the operation for the current user (i.e. log out).
12. Message display: Displays the setting menu and error messages.
1-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1-3 Optional Equipment

The following optional equipment is available for the machine.
(2) Card Authen-

tication Kit (B)
(1) PF-5110
Software option
(3) UG-33
(4) SD/SDHC Memory Card
(1) PF-5110 "Paper Feeder"

The paper feeder can be installed in the printer.
(2) Card Authentication Kit(B) "Card Authentication Kit"

User login administration can be performed using ID cards. To do so, it is necessary to register ID card information on
the previously registered local user list.
(3) UG-33 "ThinPrint Option"

This application allows print data to be printed directly without a print driver.
(4) SD/SDHC Memory Card

SD/SDHC memory card is a micro chip card that can save optional fonts, macros, forms.
1-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
2 Installation
2-1 Environment
Installation environment
1. Temperature: 50 to 90.5°F (10 to 32.5°C) (But humidity should be 70% or less when the temperature is 90.5°F
(32.5°C).)
2. Humidity: 10 to 80%(But the temperature should be 86°F (30°C) or less when humidity is 80%.)
3. Power AC100V 50/60Hz More than 10.3A
AC110V 60Hz More than 9.4A
AC120V 60Hz More than 8.6A
AC220 to 240V 50Hz More than 4.5A
4. Frequency fluctuation: 50Hz+/-2% or 60Hz+/-2%
Installation location
The operative environmental conditions are as follows:
Adverse environmental conditions may affect the image quality. It is recommended to use the machine as follows:
Humidity: 36 to 65% Temperature: 60.8 to 80.6°F or less (16 to 27°C).
Avoid the following locations when selecting a site for the machine.
Avoid locations near a window or with exposure to direct sunlight
Avoid locations with vibrations
Avoid locations with rapid temperature fluctuations
Avoid locations with direct exposure to hot or cold air
Avoid poorly ventilated locations
If the floor is delicate, when this machine is moved after installation, the floor material may be damaged by the casters.
During operation, some ozone is released, but the amount does not cause any ill effect to one's health.
If, however, the machine is used over a long period of time in a poorly ventilated room or when making an extremely
large number of copies, the smell may become unpleasant. To maintain the appropriate environment for copy work, it is
suggested that the room be properly ventilated.
Installation space
200mm
30mm 300mm 500mm 300mm
Figure 2-1
2-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
2-2 Installing the main unit

Installation procedures
START
Unpacking and checking bundled items
Optional unit installation
Setting up the Toner Container
Connecting the Interface Cable Default Setting
Loading Paper Installing Software
Turn the power on Output a Status report
Completion of installing the main unit
2-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1) Unpacking and checking bundled items

(1-1) Main unit
Take out the main unit and accessories from the packing case.
Remove the tape and cushioning materials for packing from the main unit.
2 1
11 10
12
Figure 2-2
1. Right Upper pad 7. Plastic bag

2. Left Upper pad 8. Main pad
3. Accessories box 9. Plastic bag
4. Power cord 10. Right bottom pad
5. Drying agent 11. Left bottom pad
6. Main unit 12. Outer box
Note: Make sure to install the main unit on a level surface.
2-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-2) Paper Feeder(Option)

Take the paper feeder out of the packing case.
Remove the tape for packing from the paper feeder.
1
2
Figure 2-3
1. Paper Feeder 3. Main unit cover 5. Left pad

2. Fixed tape 4. Right pad 6. Outer case
(2) Optional unit installation

Install necessary optional units in the main unit by referring to the installation procedures.
2-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Setting up the Toner Container
1 Remove the right cover (a).
2 Remove the toner set up label.
3 Close the right cover.
2-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Connecting to the Interface Cable

(4-1) Connecting to LAN Cable
1 Connect the cable to the machine.

1 Connect the LAN cable to the network interface connector.
2 Connect the other end of the cable to the hub.
(4-2) Connecting USB Cable
1 Connect
1 Connect the USB cable to the USB interface connector in the left side of the main unit.
2 Connect the other end of the cable to the hub.
(4-3) Connecting the Power Cable
1 Connect the cord

Connect the accessory power code to the main unit, connect the other end of the supplied
power cable to a power outlet.
2-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Make sure to use the power cable that is attached with the machine.
(5) Setting of the Paper
(5-1) Set paper in the cassette 1
1 Pull the cassette out of the main unit
2 Adjust the Paper Length Guide of the cassette
In case of using Folio, Oficio, Legal
2-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3 Adjust the Paper Width Guide of the cassette
4 Set the paper.
• Set to face up the printing side.

• Separate the paper taking out of the wrapping paper before setting in the cassette.
• Set not to fold in the paper. Such paper may cause paper jams.
• Set the quantity of the paper less than the maximum paper display,
• If the paper is loaded without adjusting the paper length guide and the paper width guides,
it is caused the skew paper feeding and the paper jam.
5 Insert the cassette slowly and deeply into the main unit.
6 Display the screen.
7 Set
Select paper size and paper type.
2-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5-2) Set the paper in the cassette 2
1 Pull the cassette out of the main unit
2 Adjust the Paper Length Guide of the cassette
3 Adjust the Paper Width Guide of the cassette
2-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4 Set the paper.
• Set to face up the printing side.

• Separate the paper taking out of the wrapping paper before setting in the cassette.
• Set not to fold in the paper. Such paper may cause paper jams.
• Set the quantity of the paper less than the maximum paper display,
• If the paper is loaded without adjusting the paper length guide and the paper width guides,
it is caused the skew paper feeding and the paper jam.
5 Insert the cassette slowly and deeply into the main unit.

[Menu] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Paper Setting] > [►] key > [▲] [▼] key >
[Cassette 2 paper size] > [►] key
7 Configure the settings.

Select paper size and paper type.
2-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5-3) Precaution for Handling Paper

Separate in the following procedures the paper taking out of the wrapping paper before setting in the paper feeder cas-
sette.
Separate the paper, true up the edge of the paper in a flat place.
In addition, note the following.
• In case of the fold or the curl of the paper, stretch in a straight line. Such paper may cause
a jam.
• If paper is left the environment under high humidity after taking the paper out of the
package. Keep sealing the remaining paper in the cassette into the paper storage bag.
Also, keep sealing the remaining paper on the MP tray into the paper storage bag.
• If the machine will not be used for a prolonged period, keep sealing the paper in the paper
storage bag to take it out of the cassette in order to protect it from the humidity.
If you use the recycled paper (the printed paper once), make sure to remove a staple needle
and a clip. Do not use paper with a staple or clip. This may cause poor image quality or
malfunctions.
Refer the following in case of using the paper (preprint) which is printed the punched paper,
the logo, the company name, and the special paper such as the letterhead.
(6) Power-up
1 Turn on the power switch.
2-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(7) Default Setting

Before using this machine, configure such settings as date and time, network configuration, and energy saving functions
as needed.
The default settings of the machine can be changed in System Menu.

With regard to the items which can set in the system menu, refer to the user manual of the machine unit
The default of administrator ID and administrator in the factory shipment is set as follows.
Administrator ID: 2600 or 2100
Administrator password: 2600 or 2100
(7-1) Setting Date and Time

Follow the steps below to set the local date and time at the place of installation.
Set the time difference from date, time and GMT of the region where the machine is used.
Before set date/time, make sure to set the time difference.

The correct time can be periodically set by obtaining the time from the network time server.

1 [Menu] key > [▲] [▼] key > [The whole devices] > [►] key > [▲] [▼] key >
[Day and Time setting] > [►] key
2 Enter the administrator ID, select [OK] key.
Enter that ID is the number of one to sixteen digits.

Select [▲] or [▼] key, and enter the numerical values.
If you select [◄] or [►] key, the entering position moves left and right.
3 Enter an administrator password, and select [OK] key.
Enter that a password is the number of 0(No setting) to sixteen digits.

After entering the ID and the password, the collation is carried out. In case of the wrong
administrator ID and password, " ID is different." or " Password is different." is displayed
and return in the entering screen. Enter the correct ID and password again.
2-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
2 Set
[▲] [▼] key > [Time difference] > [OK] key > Select the time difference > [OK] key > [▲] [▼]
key >
[Day and Time(Year/Month/Day)] > [OK] key > Set the date > [OK] key > [▲][▼] key >
[Time(Time/Minute/Second)] > [OK] key > Set the time > [OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Date
format] >
[OK] key > Select date format > [OK] key
Item Descriptions
Time Zone Set the time difference from GMT. Choose the nearest region
where you use. If you select a region that utilizes summer time,
configure settings for summer time.
Day and Time(Year/ Set the date and time for the location where you use the machine.
Month/Day) Set Value: Year (2000 to 2037), Month (1 to 12), Day (1 to 31)
Time(Time:Minute:Sec- Set the date and time for the location where you use the machine.
ond) Set Value: Hour (00 to 23), Minute (00 to 59), Second (00 to 59)
Date Format Select the display format of year, month, and date. The year is dis-
played in Western notation.
Set Value: Month/Day/Year, Day/Month/Year, Year/Month/Day
2-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(7-2) Network Setup
Set network in the wire

The machine is equipped with network interface, which is compatible with network protocols such as TCP/IP (IPv4),
TCP/IP (IPv6), NetBEUI, and IPSec. It enables network printing on the Windows, Macintosh, UNIX and other platforms.
Set up TCP/IP (IPv4) to connect to the Windows network.
Make sure to connect the network cable before setting.
With regard to other network settings, refer to the following:
IPv4 setting

[OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wired Network]> [►] key > [▲] [▼] key > [TCP/IP] > [OK] key
2 Set
1 [▲] [▼] key > [On] > [OK] key
2 Select [►] key while the [TCP/IP on] is displayed.
3 [▲][▼] key > [DHCP] > [OK] key > [▲][▼] key > [Not set] > [OK] key
4 [▲][▼] key > [IP address] > [OK] key
5 Enter the IP address.
Set between 000 and 255.

Select [▲] or [▼], and enter the numerical values.
6 Select [OK] key.
7 [▲][▼] key > [Subnet Mask] > [OK] key
8 Enter Subnet Mask

9 Select [OK] key.
10 [▲][▼] key > [Default Gateway] > [OK] key
11 Enter the Default Gateway.

12 Select [OK] key.
2-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
After changing the setting, restart the network from System Menu, or turn the machine OFF
and then ON.
Ask your network administrator for the IP address which set, prepare in advance.
In the following cases, set the IP address of DNS server in using the Command Center RX.
When using the host name with "DHCP" setting [Off] "
When using the DNS server with IP address that is not assigned by DHCP automatically.
With regard to the IP address setting of the DNS server, refer Command Center RX operat-
ing procedures.
Set the Wireless Network

When you set to connect, it is possible to print or send in a wireless network (wireless LAN) environment.
The configuration methods are as follows:
Configuration Method Descriptions

Configuring the Connection from Use Wi-Fi Settings or Wireless Network to configure the network in details from
the Operation Panel on This System menu.
Machine
Setting the Connection by Using This is the tool included in the Product Library. You can configure the connection
the Wi-Fi Setup Tool according to the instructions provided by the wizard.
Configuring Connections on the You can be set by OK.
Web Page
If you want to switch the network interface except for the wire, change the appropriate setting value in
"Communication".
Setting the Connection by Using the Wi-Fi Setup Tool

To send the Wi-Fi settings configured in the Wi-Fi Setup Tool to the machine, it needs to do the local connection with the
machine. There are both wired connection via LAN cable and wireless LAN connection (Wi-Fi Direct) as the method of
local connection.
If you use the Wi-Fi Direct, before connecting the machine unit and the PC in the Wi-Fi Direct, take effect (Select
[Use]) the Wi-Fi Direct on the operation panel, making sure of checking that the network is restarted.
When connecting to the machine unit directly by using the LAN cable, Auto-IP address (Link Local Address) is alloted
both the machine unit and the computer. To use a wired LAN cable directly connected to the machine, the Auto-IP
(Link-local) address will be assigned to the machine and the computer.
Make sure whether the connecting PC is compatible to WPS or not. Configure the settings on the operation panel if
your computer supports WPS.
2-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6-3
Connect to the wire by using the LAN cable.
1 Connect the machine with a computer

1 When the machine is powered on, connect a computer with the machine unit via the LAN
cable directly.
2 Turn on the computer.

IP address (link local address) of the machine and computer is generated automatically.
2 Insert the DVD.
Installation on Windows must be done by a user logged on with administrator privileges.

If the "Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard" dialog box displays, click [Cancel].
If the auto playback screen is displayed, click [Execute setup.exe].
If the user account management screen is appeared, click [Yes].

1 Click [Display View License
Agreement] and read the License
Agreement.
2 Click [Accept].
1 2
4 Select [Maintenance].
5 [Wi-Fi Setup Tool] > [Execution]
2-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

1 [Disuse WPS] > [Next] > [Next]
2 [Use LAN cable] > [Next] > [Next]
3 [Easy setup] > [Next]

The machine is detected.
Only one machine can be searched using Wi-Fi Setup Tool. It may take times to search
the machine.
If the machine is not detected, select [Advanced setup] > [Next]. Select [Express] or
[Custom] as device discovery method, specify the IP address or host name to search the
machine.
4 Select the machine > [Next]
5 Select [Use the device setting] via [Certification mode], and enter [the login user name] and
[the login password] (Admin together) > [Next]
6 Execute the communication settings > Click [Next]
7 Change the settings of access point as necessary > [Next]

The network is configured.
Connect to the wireless by Using Wi-Fi Direct

1 [OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct Setting] > [►] key

The default of administrator ID in the factory shipment is set 2600 or 2100.

The default of administrator password in the factory shipment is set 2600 or 2100.
4 [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [OK] key
2 Set
[▲] [▼] key > [On] > [OK] key
3 Restart the network.

[OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Setting] > [►] key > [▲] [▼] key >
[The restart of the network] > [OK] key > [OK] key
2-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
4 Connect a computer or a handheld device with the machine.
5 Insert the DVD.

If the "Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard" dialog box displays, click [Cancel].
If the auto playback screen is displayed, click [Execute setup.exe].
If the user account management screen is appeared, click [Yes].

1 Click [Display View License
Agreement] and read the License
Agreement.
2 Click [Accept].
1 2
7 Select [Maintenance].
8 [Wi-Fi Setup Tool] > [Execution]
2-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

1 [Disuse WPS] > [Next] > [Next]
2 [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Next] > [Next]
3 [Advanced setup] > [Next]

Select [Express] or [Custom] as the detection method of the machine unit. Nominate the IP
address or the host name as the detection method.
4 Select the machine > [Next]
5 Select [Use the device setting] via [Certification mode], and enter [the login user name] and
[the login password] (Admin together) > [Next]
6 Execute the communication settings > Click [Next]
7 Change the settings of access point as necessary > [Next]

The network is configured.
2-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(7-3) Set the Wi-Fi Direct

setting Wi-Fi Direct enables you to print from the Wi-Fi Direct environment. The configuration methods are as follows:
Set the Connection from the Operation Panel on the Machine

Connecting to Computers or portable Devices that Support Wi-Fi Direct

1 [OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct setting] > [►] key



[▲] [▼] key > [On] > [OK] key

4 Specify the machine name from the computer or handheld device.

If a confirmation message is appeared on the operation panel of the machine, select [Yes].
The network between this machine and the computer or handheld device is configured.
2-20
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Connecting to Computers or portable Devices Unsupported Wi-Fi Direct

Here, we'll explain the procedures for connecting to iOS handheld devices.

1 [OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct setting] > [►] key



[▲] [▼] key > [On] > [OK] key

4 [Menu] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [►] key
5 Note device name, IP address, and password.
6 Configure the portable device.

1 [Settings] > [Wi-Fi]
2 Select the network name (SSID) appeared in step 5 from the list.
3 Enter the password that is noted in step 5 > [Connection]

2-21
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Configuring the Connection by Using Push Button

When your computer or portable device does not support Wi-Fi Direct but supports WPS, you can configure the network
using push button.

1 [OK] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct Setting] > [►] key



[▲] [▼] key > [On] > [OK] key

10 [Menu] key > [▲] [▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [►] key
[▲][▼] key > [Push button connection] > [OK] key > [OK] key
11 Press the push button on the computer or portable device and [OK] key on the
operation panel simultaneously.
You can connect to three portable devices at the same time using Wi-Fi Direct setting. When the devices that support
Wi-Fi Direct have already been connected, if you want to connect other device, disconnect the network of the already-
connected devices. The disconnection methods are as follows:
Disconnect the network from the computer or handheld computer
Disconnecting all devices from the network on the operation panel
[Menu] key > [▲][▼] key > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [►] key > [▲] [▼] key > [All cut] > [OK] key > select in [OK] key order
Configuring auto disconnecting time from the System menu
Set auto disconnecting time from OK
2-22
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(7-4) Altitude Adjustment Setting

Execute [Altitude Adjustment] from the System Menu when setting up at a high altitude. In case of declining the printing
quality in the environment of an altitude 1,000m above sea level, if you set the altitude adjustment mode, you can
recover the printing quality.
1. [System Menu/Counter] key

2. Push [▲] or [▼] key, select [Adjustment/ Maintenance] and push [OK] key.
3. Push [▲] or [▼] key, select [Service setting] and push [OK] key.
4. Push [▲] or [▼] key, select [High Altitude Adjustment] and push [OK] key.
5. Push [▲] or [▼] key, select the either of [Standard], [1,001 to 2,000m], [2,001 to 3,000m], [3,001 to 3,500m], and
push the [OK] key.
*: Standard: Using of altitude 0 to 1,000m
2-23
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(8) Installing Software

In case of using the printer function in the machine unit, install necessary software on your PC from the DVD (Product
Library)
Software on DVD (Windows)

the installation method can be selected the either [Express Install] or [Custom Install]. [Express Install] is the standard
installation method. Install using [Custom Install] with regard to the components that cannot be installed by [Express
Install.
Software Description Express

Install
KK Driver (KX DRIVER) This driver enables files on a computer to be printed by the ○
machine. Multiple page description languages (PCL XL,
KPDL, etc.) are supported by a single driver. This printer driver
allows you to take full advantage of the features of the
machine.
Use this driver when you create PDF files.
KX XPS printer driver This printer driver supports the XPS (XML Paper Specification) -
(KX XPS DRIVER) format developed by Microsoft Corporation.
KPDL mini-driver/PCL mini-driver This is a Microsoft MiniDriver that supports PCL and KPDL. -
(PCL/KPDL) There are some restrictions on the machine features and
(KPDL mini-driver/PCL mini-driver) option features that can be used with this driver.
KYOCERA Net Viewer This is a utility that enables monitoring of the machine on the -
network.
Status Monitor This is a utility that monitors the printer status and provides an ○
ongoing reporting function.
This makes it possible to print a - -
PDF file without starting Adobe
Acrobat/Reader.
FONTS These are display fonts that enable the machine's built-in fonts ○
to be used in a software application.

KX XPS Driver cannot install on Windows XP.
2-24
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(9) Output of status page
1. Press the [Menu] key.
[MENU] Key
Figure 2-4
2. Select [Report Printing] and press [►] key.

3. Select [status page] and press [OK] key.
Report Print Print Status Page
Figure 2-5
4. As [?] is additionally displayed, press [OK] key.
Print Status Page ?
Figure 2-6
Status page is printed.
(10)Completion of installing the main unit (Turning the power off)

1. Check if the [Data] lamp is turned off, turn the power switch off.
Check that the indicators are off.

Figure 2-7
IMPORTANT
While [Data] lamp is lighting, the main unit is operating. If you turn the power switch off while the main unit is operating,
it may cause malfunctions.
2-25
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3 Machine Design
3-1 Cross-section view
(1) Main unit + Paper feeder (option)
8
5
4
10
6
7
2
1
11
3
Paper path
Paper path (Option) / Optical path
Figure 3-1
1. Cassette paper feed and Conveying sec- 6. Primary transfer section

tion 7. Secondary transfer section
2. MP paper feed section 8. Fuser section
3. Laser scanner unit 9. Feedshift and eject section
4. Developer unit 10. Duplex conveying section
5. Drum unit 11. Paper feeder (option)
3-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3-2 Paper conveying and Paper detection

(1) Main unit + Paper feeder (option)
F
5
E
D
2 4
C
1
A
Figure 3-2
[Paper jam] [Sensor (Paper conveying)]

A. Paper jam at the MP tray 1. Paper sensor
B. Paper jam at cassette 1 or cassette 2 2. MP paper length sensor
C. Paper jam at rear cover 1 3. PF paper sensor
D. Paper jam at the duplex unit 4. Registration sensor
E. Paper jam at ejection 5. Eject sensor
3-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3-3 Electric parts

(1) Wire connection
(1-1) Machine left side
2 5
Figure 3-3
1. Main/Engine PWB 4. Color developer drive solenoid

2. Power source PWB 5. In-machine fan motor
3. Main motor
3-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-2) Machine right side
7
11 10 9 8
Figure 3-4
1. Conveying motor 7. Lift solenoid

2. Switchback solenoid 8. Toner solenoid (K)
3. Eject/Duplex clutch 9. Toner solenoid (M)
4. Fuser pressure release clutch 10. Toner solenoid (C)
5. Registration clutch 11. Toner solenoid (Y)
6. Paper feed clutch
3-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Wire connection (option)

(2-1) Paper feeder
1 2
Figure 3-5
1. PF PWB 3. PF paper feed clutch

2. PF lift solenoid 4. PF conveying clutch
3-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Descriptions about the major PWBs

(3-1) Main/Engine PWB
It controls the software for interface, image data pro-

cessing, etc. and hardware for the operation unit, high
voltage/bias output, paper conveying mechanism, etc.
Figure 3-6
(3-2) High-voltage PWB
The drum main charger high voltage, developer bias,

transfer bias are output.
Figure 3-7
(3-3) Container relay PWB
Toner container relay PWB.
Figure 3-8
(3-4) Unit relay PWB
It consists of the toner container, conveying mecha-

nism, and relay wiring to the main/engine PWB.
Figure 3-9
3-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3-5) Power source PWB
The input voltage (AC) from the AC power supply is

[100V models]
changed to DC such as DC24V, and it controls the
fuser heater.
[200V models]
Figure 3-10
(3-6) Operation panel PWB
It consists of the LED indicators, the key switches and

buzzer.
Figure 3-11
3-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Electric parts layout (standard)

(4-1) PWBs
Fuser unit
Laser scanner unit

Primary Transfer unit
10
11
1
13
Drum unit
Main unit
6
7
8 12
9
4
3
Developer unit
5
2
Machine left side / Machine inside / Machine right side
Figure 3-12
3-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1. Main/Engine PWB ................................. Controlling the entire software to control the interface to the PC and network
and image data process, etc. Controlling the entire hardware to control the
image scanner unit and operation section.
Engine PWBControlling the hardware such as electric parts drive, high volt-
age, bias output, paper conveying, fuser temperature, etc.
2. Container relay PWB............................. Consisting of the engine PWB and wiring relay for the feed/conveying drive
section.
3. Unit relay PWB...................................... It consists of the relay wiring to the developer unit, drum unit and process
unit thermistor.
4. High-voltage PWB................................. The drum main charger high voltage, developer bias, transfer bias, etc. are
output.
5. Power source PWB ............................... The input voltage (AC) from the AC power supply is changed to DC such as
DC24V, and it controls the fuser heater.
6. Drum PWB (K) ...................................... It retains the drum unit information.
7. Drum PWB (M)...................................... It retains the drum unit information.
8. Drum PWB (C) ...................................... It retains the drum unit information.
9. Drum PWB (Y) ...................................... It retains the drum unit information.
10. APC PWB.............................................. Emitting and controlling the laser beam.
11. PD PWB ................................................ Controlling the synchronous lateral laser beam.
12. Operation panel PWB ........................... It consists of LCD, LED indicators, key switches and buzzer.
13. Wi-Fi PWB *1 ........................................ It communicates wireless data.
*1: Wi-Fi model only
Part name table
No. Name used in service manual Name used in parts list Part. No.
1 Main/Engine PWB PARTS PWB MAIN ASSY SP 302RF9401_
302RD9401_
302RC9401_
302RB9403_
PARTS PWB MAIN ASSY EU SP 302RF9402_
302RD9402_
302RC9402_
302RB9404_
2 Container relay PWB PARTS PWB CONTAINER CONNECT 302R79421_
ASSY SP
3 Unit relay PWB PARTS PWB UNIT CONNECT ASSY 302R79424_
SP
4 High-voltage PWB PARTS UNIT HIGH VOLTAGE SP 302R79431_
5 Power source PWB PARTS UNIT LOW VOLTAGE 120V SP 302R79429_
PARTS UNIT LOW VOLTAGE 230V SP 302R79430_
6 Drum PWB (K) – –
(DK-5230) (302R79301_)
7 Drum PWB (M) – –
(DK-5231) (302R79302_)
8 Drum PWB (C)
9 Drum PWB (Y)
10 APC PWB – –
(LK-5230) (302R74614_)
11 PD PWB
3-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
12 Operation panel PWB PARTS PWB P PANEL ASSY SP 302RB9402_
13 Wi-Fi PWB *1 PARTS WIFI MODULE SP 302RH9408_
(PARTS WIFI UNIT SP) (302R79401_)
*1: Wi-Fi model only
3-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-2) Sensors and Switches
Fuser unit
4
5
Laser scanner unit

6
Main unit
Drum unit
14
12
2
11
1
17
Developer unit
15
7 13
8 16
9
10
3-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1. Paper sensor......................................... Detecting the presence of paper on the cassette.

2. Registration sensor ............................... Controlling the timing to start the secondary paper feeding.
3. Press-release sensor ............................ Detecting the mode of the fuser pressure.
4. Eject sensor .......................................... Detecting the paper jam at the fuser section.
5. Fuser thermistor 1 (Edge) ..................... Detecting the heat roller temperature (Edge).
6. LSU thermistor ...................................... Detecting the LSU temperature.
7. T/C sensor (K)....................................... It detects the toner density in the developer unit (Black).
8. T/C sensor (M) ...................................... It detects the toner density in the developer unit (Magenta).
9. T/C sensor (C)....................................... It detects the toner density in the developer unit (Cyan).
10. T/C sensor (Y)....................................... It detects the toner density in the developer unit (Yellow).
11. ID sensor (R)......................................... Measuring the toner density at the calibration.
12. ID sensor (L) ......................................... Measuring the toner density at the calibration.
13. MP paper sensor................................... Detecting the presence of paper on the MP tray.
14. Interlock switch...................................... Shutting off the 24V power supply line when the rear cover is opened.
15. Right cover switch ................................. Right cover open detection and toner container detection
16. Power switch ......................................... Turning on and off the main/engine PWB, the engine relay PWB and the
operation panel PWB, etc.
17. Temperature sensor (outside) ............... Detecting the temperature outside the main unit.
Conveying cover switchPart name table
1 Paper sensor PARTS SENSOR OPT. SP 302P79401_
2 Registration sensor PARTS SENSOR OPT. SP 302P79401_
3 Fuser pressure release sensor - –
(FK-5230) (302R79308_)
4 Eject sensor
(FK-5232) (302R79309_)
5 Fuser thermistor 1 (edge) (FK-5231) (302R79310_)
6 LSU thermistor - -
(LK-5230) (302R79311_)
7 T/C sensor (K) - -
(DV-5230(K)) (302R79303_)
8 T/C sensor (M) - -
(DV-5230(M)) (302R79305_)
9 T/C sensor (C) - -
(DV-5230(C)) (302R79306_)
10 T/C sensor (Y) - -
(DV-5230(Y)) (302R79304_)
11 ID sensor (R) PART PWB ID SENSOR ASSY SP 302R79420_
12 ID sensor (L)
13 MP paper length sensor PARTS SENSOR OPT. SP 302P79401_
14 Interlock switch INTER LOCK SWITCH 2FB2716_
15 Right cover switch SW.PUSH 7SP01000004+H01
16 Power switch PARTS PWB SWITCH ASSY SP 302R79426_
17 Temperature sensor (outside) PARTS PWB ASSY THERMISTOR SP 302M29413_
3-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-3) Motors
Fuser unit
Laser scanner unit

3
Main unit
6
Drum unit
1
5
Developer unit
3-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1. Conveying motor ................................... Drive for the paper feed, toner supply and waste toner disposal mechanism
2. Main motor (Drum/Developer)............... Drive for the drum unit / developer unit.
3. Polygon motor ....................................... Drive for polygon mirror.
4. LSU cleaning motor............................... Drive for the LSU glass cleaning mechanism.
5. In-machine fan motor ............................ In-machine cooling
6. Eject fan motor ...................................... Cooling the eject section
Part name table
1 Conveying motor PARTS MOTOR-BL W40 SP 302LC9428_
2 Main motor (Drum/Developer) PARTS MOTOR-BL W40 SP 302LC9428_
(DR-5230) (302R79315_)
3 Polygon motor - -
(LK-5230) (302R79311_)
4 LSU cleaning motor
5 In-machine fan motor PARTS FAN MOTOR SP 302NG9422_
6 Eject fan motor FAN MOTOR 302HN4421_
3-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-4) Others
Fuser unit
13
Laser scanner unit

Main unit
Drum unit
3 2
12
9 10
4
Developer unit 11
14
1
5
6
7
8
3-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1. Lift solenoid ........................................... Controlling the cassette bottom plate

2. Switchback solenoid.............................. Eject roller rotation direction switching
3. Color developer drive solenoid.............. Developer roller position switching
4. MP paper feed solenoid ........................ Controlling the MP bottom plate
5. Toner solenoid (K) ................................. Toner supply operation control (K)
6. Toner solenoid (M) ................................ Toner supply operation control (M)
7. Toner solenoid (C)................................. Toner supply operation control (C)
8. Toner solenoid (Y) ................................. Toner supply operation control (Y)
9. Registration clutch................................. Registration roller drive control
10. Fuser pressure release clutch............... Fuser pressure release control
11. Paper feed clutch .................................. Paper feed section drive control
12. Eject/Duplex clutch................................ Eject/Duplex roller drive control
13. Fuser heater.......................................... Heating the heat roller
14. Eraser.................................................... Removing the remaining electric charge on the drum.
Part name table
1 Lift solenoid SOLENOID TONER 302GR4415_
2 Switchback solenoid SOLENOID TONER 302GR4415_
(PARTS GUIDE EXIT R ASSY SP) (302R79416_)
3 Color developer drive solenoid SOLENOID MPF 302HN4416_
(DR-5230) (302R79315_)
4 MP paper feed solenoid SOLENOID TONER 302GR4415_
(PARTS FRAME MFP ASSY SP) (302R79408_)
5 Toner solenoid (K) SOLENOID MPF 302HN4416_
6 Toner solenoid (M) SOLENOID MPF 302HN4416_
7 Toner solenoid (C) SOLENOID MPF 302HN4416_
8 Toner solenoid (Y) SOLENOID MPF 302HN4416_
9 Registration clutch PARTS CLUTCH 35 Z35R SP 302NR9401_
10 Fuser pressure release clutch - -
(PARTS DRIVE EXIT PRESS ASSY (302R79408_)
SP)
11 Paper feed clutch PARTS CLUTCH 35 Z35R SP 302NR9401_
12 Eject/Duplex clutch - -
(PARTS DRIVE EXIT PRESS ASSY (302R79408_)
SP)
13 Fuser heater - -
(FK-5230) (302R79308_)
(FK-5232) (302R79309_)
(FK-5231) (302R79310_)
14 Eraser PARTS PWB ERASER ASSY SP 302R79423_
3-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5) Electric parts layout (option)

(5-1) Paper feeder
3
2
5
6
4
1
Figure 3-13
1. PF PWB ................................................ Controlling the electric parts in the PF.

2. PF paper sensor.................................... Detecting the presence of paper on the PF.
3. PF rear cover switch ............................. Detecting the PF rear cover open/close.
4. PF Lift solenoid ..................................... Controlling the PF bottom plate
5. PF paper feed clutch ............................. Driving the PF paper feed mechanism
6. PF conveying clutch .............................. Driving the PF paper conveying mechanism
Part name table
1 PF PWB PARTS PWB PWB PF ASSY SP 303R69401_
2 PF paper sensor PARTS SENSOR OPT. SP 302P794010
3 PF cover switch SW.PUSH 7SP01000004+H01
4 PF lift solenoid SOLENOID TONER 302GR4415_
5 PF paper feed clutch PARTS CLUTCH 35 Z35R SP 302NR9401_
6 PF conveying clutch PARTS CLUTCH 35 Z35R SP 302NR9401_
3-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3-4 Drive system

(1) Drive system for the unit
7
8
9
5
a
6
e
10
5
1
9 d
6
2
7
3 3 1 a
8 4
4
3
c
3 b
Figure 3-14
[Eject/Fuser pressure release unit(blue letters)] [Main drive unit (Red letters)]
a. Conveying motor a. Main motor

b. Registration clutch
c. Paper feed clutch 1. Drum (Black)
d. Fuser pressure release clutch 2. Drum (Magenta)
e. Eject/Duplex clutch 3. Drum (Cyan)
4. Drum (Yellow)
1. Paper feed roller 5. Developer roller (Black)
2. MP paper feed roller 6. Developer roller (Magenta)
3. MP conveying roller 7. Developer roller (Cyan)
4. registration roller 8. Developer roller (Yellow)
5. Secondary transfer roller
6. Fuser heat roller
7. Eject roller
8. Feedshift roller
9. Duplex conveying roller
10. Primary transfer belt drive roller
3-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Each section drive

(2-1) Drum drive
a b c d
A
Figure 3-15
A.Main motor a.Drum joint (Yellow)

b.Drum joint (Cyan)
c.Drum joint (Magenta)
d.Drum joint (Black)
(2-2) Developer drive

B
A
B
a b c d
a b c d
Figure 3-16
A.Main motor a.Developer joint (Yellow)

B.Color developer drive solenoid b.Developer joint (Cyan)
c.Developer joint (Magenta)
d.Developer joint (Black)
3-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-3) Paper feed roller drive

A
A.Conveying motor
B.Paper feed clutch
a.Paper feed roller
Figure 3-17
(2-4) Primary transfer drive
A.Conveying motor
a.Belt drive roller a
Figure 3-18
3-20
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-5) Fuser roller drive
A.Conveying motor
a.Fuser unit joint
Figure 3-19
(2-6) Eject/Fuser pressure release unit

b a
A.Conveying motor
B.Eject/Duplex clutch
C.Fuser pressure release clutch
a.Feedshift roller
b.Eject roller
Figure 3-20
3-21
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Drive location

Machine left side
A
2
Machine right side
B 4
3 5
7 C
6
Figure 3-21
A:Main drive unit 5. Conveying motor

1. Main motor
2. Color developer drive solenoid C:Paper feed/ Registration clutch assy
B:Eject/Fuser pressure release unit 6. Paper feed clutch
3. Fuser pressure release clutch 7. Registration clutch
4. Eject/Duplex clutch
3-22
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Drive unit

(4-1) Main drive unit
Figure 3-22
(4-2) Eject/Fuser pressure release unit
Figure 3-23
3-23
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
3-5 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed and conveying section
The paper feed and conveying section consists of the cassette paper feed section and the MP tray paper feed sec-
tion, and the paper conveying section conveying the fed paper to the transfer and separate section.
(1-1) Cassette paper feed and Conveying section

The cassette can load 300 sheets paper (64g/m2) or 250 sheets paper (80g/m2). The cassette forwards paper by
rotating the pickup roller and conveys it to the paper conveying section by rotating the paper feed roller. Multi-feeding
is also prevented by the effect of the retard roller.
The paper conveying section conveys paper to the transfer and separation section. The fed paper is conveyed to
where it turns the registration sensor on by the paper feed roller, and then, conveyed to the transfer and separation
section by the registration rollers.
Components parts 10 9
1. Pickup roller
2. Paper feed roller
3. Retard roller
4. Cassette bottom plate 12
5. Friction pad 5
7 6 8
6. Paper width guides
7. Paper length guide
2
8. Middle pulley
3
9. Rear registration roller
10. Front registration roller
11. Actuator
(PF paper sensor)
13 4 1
12. Actuator
11
(registration sensor)
13. Cassette base
Figure 3-24
12 1 32 9 10
6
11
7 6
5
13
Figure 3-25
3-24
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
CASPE
Paper detection sensor YC16-4
REGIST
Registration sensor YC16-1
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
FDUCLN
Feed clutch YC2-4
REGCLN
Registration clutch YC2-6
CASOLN
LIft solenoid YC3-10
Container
relay PWB
Figure 3-26
3-25
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-2) MP tray paper feed/ paper conveying section

The MP tray can load 50 sheets paper (80 g/m2). The paper on the MP tray is fed by rotating the MP paper feed roller
while lifting up the MP bottom plate by the MP solenoid. Multi-feeding is also prevented by the effect of the MP sepa-
ration pad.
The paper conveying section conveys paper to the transfer and separation section. The fed paper is conveyed to
where it turns the registration sensor on by the MP paper feed roller, and then, conveyed to the transfer and separa-
tion section by the registration rollers.
Components parts
1. MP paper feed roller
2. MP separation pad
3. MP friction plate
5 3 1
4. MP bottom plate
5. MP paper width guides 4 9 7 12 10 10
6. MP cover
7. MP conveying roller A
8. MP conveying pulley A
9. MP actuator
(MP paper sensor)
10. MP conveying roller B 6 2 8 11 11
11. MP conveying pulley B
12. MP conveying guide
Figure 3-27
10
12
11
9
2 10
5 1 11
4
7
8
3 5
Figure 3-28
3-26
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
MPFDSOLN
MP Paper feed solenoid YC9-3
MPFPE
MP Paper detection sensor YC9-5
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
Container
relay PWB
FDUCLN
Paper feed clutch YC2-4
Figure 3-29
3-27
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Optical section

The optical section consists of the laser scanner section to write the image.
(2-1) Laser scanner unit

The charged drum surface is scanned by the laser emitted from the laser scanner units. The laser reflects to the poly-
gon mirrors by rotating the polygon motor so that the laser scans horizontally to the image. The laser scanner unit
has some lenses and mirrors, that adjust the diameter of the laser to focus the laser to the drum surface. Also, the
LSU cleaning motor operates to automatically clean the LSU glass.
Components parts
4 7 4 4 7 4
1. Polygon motor 3 3 6 3 3 6 3 3
2. fθ lens
3. Mirror
4. LSU glass
5. Laser scanner frame
6. Cleaning shaft
7. Cleaning holder
8. Collimate lens
9. Cylindrical lens 2 5 1 2
3 2 2 3
Figure 3-30
9 1
8 3
2
6
7
3
7
6
Figure 3-31
3-28
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
YC1 YC21
APC PWB
LSUTH
LSU Thermistor YC3-1
POLREMN
YC20-3
Polygon motor POLRDYN
YC20-4
POLCLKN
YC20-5
Container relay
PWB
LSUMOTA
LSU Cleaning YC13-1
LSUMOTB
motor YC13-2
Figure 3-32
3-29
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Developer section

(3-1) Developer unit
The developer section consists of the developer roller forming the magnetic brush, the developer blade forming the
thin layer by replacing the toner, and the developer screw mixing up the toner. The toner density is adjusted by
impressing the bias to the developer roller. The toner amount inside the developer unit is detected by the T/C sensor.
Components parts
1. Developer roller 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1
2. Developer blade
3. Developer screw A
4. Developer screw B
5. T/C sensor
6. Developer case
7. Developer shutter
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
Yellow Cyan Magenta Black
Figure 3-33
3 1
5
2 7
Figure 3-34
3-30
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
DLPSOLN
Color developer stop solenoid YC9-1
MMOTDIRN
YC11-1
MMOTRDYN
YC11-2
Main motor MMOTCLKN
YC11-3
MMOTREMN
YC11-4
TCSDA
YC9-1
TCSCL
T/C sensor (K) YC9-3
TSENSK
YC9-7
Unit relay
PWB
TCSDA
YC8-1
TCSCL
T/C sensor (M) YC8-3
TSENSM
YC8-7
TCSDA
YC7-1
TCSCL
T/C sensor (C) YC7-3
TSENSC
YC7-7
TCSDA
YC6-1
TCSCL
T/C sensor (Y) YC6-3
TSENSY
YC6-7
DBCTLK / DBCTLM / DBCTLC / DBCTLY High voltage

HVCLKN / ACCTLK / ACCTLMCY PWB
[Developer bias]
Figure 3-35
3-31
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Drum section

The drum section consists of the drum, the charger roller unit, and the cleaning unit. The drum surface is evenly
charged to prepare forming the electrical latent image by emitting the laser.
(4-1) Charger roller unit

The charged roller with the electric charge contacts the drum surface and rotates to charge the drum evenly.
(4-2) Cleaning
The remaining toner on the drum surface after transferring is removed by the cleaning blade, and collected to the
waste toner box by the drum screw. The eraser consists of the LED lamp, and it removes the remaining electric
charge on the drum before the main charge.
[Components parts] 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5
1. Drum 43 43 6 43 43
2. Charger roller
3. Drum screw
4. Cleaning blade
5. Eraser light guide
6. Primary transfer belt
7. Drum unit frame
2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7
Figure 3-36
2
4
3
Figure 3-37
3-32
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
MMOTDIRN
YC11-1
MMOTRDYN
YC11-2
Main motor MMOTCLKN
YC11-3
MMOTREMN
YC11-4
DRUMSDA
YC2-1
Drum PWB (Y) DRUMSCL
YC2-3
DRUMSDA
YC3-1
Drum PWB (C) DRUMSCL
YC3-3
DRUMSDA
YC4-1
Drum PWB (M) DRUMSCL
YC4-3
DRUMSDA
YC5-1
Drum PWB (K) DRUMSCL
YC5-3
Unit relay
PWB
High voltage
MCTLK / MCTLM / MCTLC / MCTLY PWB
[Main charge]
Figure 3-38
3-33
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5) Transfer and separation section

(5-1) Primary transfer unit
The primary transfer section consists of the transfer cleaning unit, the transfer belt and four primary transfer rollers fac-
ing each drum. When printing the color image, the toner image with a single color formed on each drum is repeatedly
transferred on the transfer belt by impressing the bias to the primary transfer rollers facing each drum, and then the full
color toner image is formed. Also, the ID sensor attached to the main unit measures the toner density on the transfer
belt.
The transfer cleaning unit collects the remaining toner on the transfer belt after the secondary transferring, and forwards
it to the waste toner box as waste toner.
Components parts
2 1 6
1. Primary transfer belt 7
2. Belt tension roller
3. Belt drive roller
4. Backup roller
5. Primary transfer roller
6. Cleaning screw
7. Cleaning blade
8. Drum 5 5 5 5 4 3
8 8 8 8
Figure 3-39
1 3
4
6
Figure 3-40
3-34
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Container
relay PWB
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
Main/Engine
PWB
Magenta
Yellow
Black
Cyan
T1CTLMCY / T1CTLK High voltage

Primary transfer roller
[Primary transfer bias] PWB
Figure 3-41
3-35
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5-2) Secondary transfer unit

The secondary transfer roller section consists of the secondary transfer roller attached to the paper conveying unit, and
the separation brush. The secondary transfer roller is grounded and transfers the toner image formed on the primary
transfer belt to paper by the electric potential difference with the primary transfer belt. Next, the paper is separated as
the curvature separation and is discharged by the grounded separation needles.
Components parts
1. Secondary transfer roller
2. Separation brush 5
3. Transfer front guide
4. Belt drive roller
5. Primary transfer belt 2
4 1
Figure 3-42
2
1
3
5 4
Figure 3-43
3-36
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Container
relay PWB
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
Secondary transfer roller
Separation needles
YC2
GND
Main/Engne
PWB
T2CTL
High voltage
Belt drive roller PWB
[Secondary transfer bias]
Figure 3-44
3-37
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6) Fuser section

The paper from the transfer and separation section is pinched between the heat roller and the press roller. The heat
roller is heated by the fuser heater, and the paper is pressed by the press roller with the pressure added by the pres-
sure spring toward the heat roller, so toner is fused on the paper by that heat and pressure.
The surface temperature of the heat roller is detected by the fuser thermistor and controlled by the Engine PWB. If
the fuser section has abnormal temperature, the power supply line is shut off by switching the fuser thermostat and
the fuser heater is turned off forcedly.
Components parts
1. Fuser heater
2. Fuser heat roller 8
3. Fuser press roller
4. Fuser separator 4
5. Fuser thermistor 5 3
6. Fuser thermostat
7. Fuser front guide 6
8. Actuator
(Eject sensor) 7
9. Feedshift pulley A 2
10. Feedshift roller 1
Figure 3-45
8
9
10
3
Figure 3-46
3-38
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
FUSER
Eject sensor YC15-1
TH1
Thermistor 1 YC23-2
PRSDIR
Fuser press release sensor YC15-4
Low voltage
power source
PWB
LIVE
Themostat YC3-1 YC1
NEUTRAL
Fuser heater YC3-3
PRSSCL
Fuser press release clutch YC2-2
YC2
Container
relay PWB
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
Figure 3-47
3-39
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(7) Eject and feedshift section

The eject and feedshift section consists of the paper path from the fuser section to the inner tray or the duplex con-
veying section.
Components parts 6 1 2 3 4
1. Feedshift pulley A
2. Feedshift roller
3. Feedshift pulley B
4. Feedshift guide
5. Actuator
8
(Eject sensor)
6. Eject roller
7. Eject pulley
8. Eject lever
9. Eject tray 9
7 5
Figure 3-48
2
3
4
8
7
6
Figure 3-49
3-40
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
EXITFANRN
Eject fan motor YC22-2
FUSER
Eject sensor YC15-1
YC2
Container
relay PWB
REVSOLN
Feed shift solenoid YC11-2
EXITCLN
Eject/Duplex clutch YC2-8
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
Figure 3-50
3-41
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(8) Duplex conveying section

The duplex conveying section consists of the paper conveying path to forward the paper from the eject and feedshift
section in the duplex print to the paper conveying section.
Components parts
1. DU conveying roller
7
2. DU conveying pulley
3. DU conveying guide
4. Rear registration roller
5. Front registration roller
6. Actuator
(Registration sensor) 1
2
7. Actuator
(Eject sensor)
8. Feedshift roller 3
9. Feedshift guide
4
5
2
6 1
Figure 3-51
7
9
8
1
2
2
1
6
4
5
Figure 3-52
3-42
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
REGIST
Registration sensor YC16-1
FUSER
Eject sensor YC15-1
YC2
Container
relay PWB
REVSOLN
Feed shift solenoid YC11-2
EXITCLN
Eject/Duplex clutch YC2-8
FDMOTRDYN
YC11-3
FDMOTCLKN
Feed motor YC11-4
FDMOTREMN
YC11-5
FDUCLN
Paper feed clutch YC2-4
REGCLN
Registration clutch YC2-6
Figure 3-53
3-43
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(9) Paper feeder (option)

(9-1) Cassette paper feed section
The cassette can load 300 sheets paper (64g/m2) or 250 sheets paper (80g/m2). Paper fed from the cassette is
picked up by the rotation of the pickup roller and is conveyed to the main unit by the rotation of the paper feed roller
and conveying roller. Multi-feeding is also prevented by the effect of the retard roller.
Components parts
1. PF paper feed roller
2. PF pickup roller
11 9 10
3. PF pickup holder 6
4. PF retard roller 5
5. PF conveying roller
6. PF conveying pulley 2
7. PF cassette bottom plate
8. PF friction pad
9. PF paper width guides
10. PF actuator
(PF paper sensor) 12 7 1 4
11. PF paper length guide 8 3
12. PF cassette base
Figure 3-54
1
2 5
4
6
10
9 7
12
11
3
8
9
Figure 3-55
3-44
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Block diagram
Main/Engine
PWB
PFCOVER
PF Cover switch YC47-5
YC47
PFPE
PF Paper detection sensor YC4-1
PFCLN
PF Feed clutch YC2-1
PFFEEDCLN
PF Paper feed clutch YC2-3
PFSOLN
PF Lift solenoid YC3-2
PF PWB
Figure 3-56
3-45
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4 Maintenance
4-1 Precautions for the maintenance
(1) Precautions
Before disassembling the main unit, press the main power switch to turn the power off. Make sure that the power
lamp on the operation panel is off and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet. Then, start the disassembly.
When handling the PWBs (printed wiring boards), do not touch parts with bare hands. Make sure not to damage the
PWB.
If ICs are mounted on the PWB, do not touch them by hand or something charged with electrostatic.
Make sure to release the hook before disconnecting the connector with the hook.
Take care not to pinch up the wire and cable.
Use the original screws when reassembling the parts which have been disassembled.
If the types and the sizes of screws are not sure, refer to the parts list.
(2) Storage and handling of the drum

Note the following point when handling and storing the drum.
When detaching the drum unit from the main unit, take care that extreme strong direct light does not expose on the
drum surface.
Store in the following place of ambient temperature of -20 to 40 degree C(–4°F to 104°F) and ambient humidity of
85% RH or less. Wait more than 5 seconds between the power off and on. Avoid storing the drum unit in the place
where the temperature and humidity may suddenly change even if these changes are within the tolerable range.
Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful or may affect the quality of the drum.
Do not touch the drum surface with any object.
Make sure not to touch the drum surface with bare hands or gloves.
If the drum is touched by hands or stained with oil, clean it.
(3) Storage of the toner container

Store the toner container in a cool, dark place.
Do not place the toner container under direct sunshine or in a damp environment.
(4) Screening of the toner container

Look at the screening film on the brand protection seal affixed to the toner container through the windows of the vali-
dation viewer.
Look at the screening film through two windows to check the genuineness.
A black-colored band when seen through the anti-counterfeit film portion left side window ( mark).
The forgery prevention film portion is " Gold color(gloss) " when seen through the right window ( mark).
When seen as the above, it is genuine. Otherwise (e.g. both seen in gold), it is a counterfeit.
4-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
( marking) ( marking)
Validation viewer Validation viewer
Brand Brand
protection protection
seal seal
A black-colored band when A shiny or gold-colored band when

seen through the left side window seen through the right side window
Figure 4-1
Three incisions are indicated in the anti-counterfeit film portion as below chart, you can not reuse
Three cut parts at the red circle section
Figure 4-2
4-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4-2 Maintenance parts replacement procedures

As the main unit is free of maintenance, there is not the setting of the maintenance parts.
In case that the replacement of the parts is needed in malfunction, replacing the maintenance kit in the following proce-
dures, executing maintenance mode U251 and resetting the count.
(1) Cassette paper feed section

(1-1) Detaching and reattaching the retard pulley and pickup pulley and paper feed roller
Procedures
1. Open the rear cover (a).
2. While lifting the retard guide cover (c) in the direc-
tion of the arrow, follow the guide (b) and remove it.
a b
Figure 4-3
3. While lifting to release the shaft (b) of the retard

guide, remove the retard guide (a) in the direction of
the arrow.
a
Figure 4-4
4-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4. Tilt the middle guide (a) toward you.
Figure 4-5
5. While pushing up the lock portion (b) of paper feed

holder, slide it in the direction of the arrow.
6. While twisting the paper feed holder (a), remove in
the direction of the arrow.
7. Check the retard pulley, pickup pulley and paper a
feed roller, and clean or replace it.
8. Reattach the parts in the original position.
Figure 4-6
4-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Notes when attaching

*: When attaching the paper feed holder (a), insert to
set the protrusion (b) into the main unit guide (c).
c b
*: In case that the coupling is not in, insert to turn the a
gear.
b
Figure 4-7
IMPORTANT
When replacing the new pickup holder or retard holder, take care not to touch on the roller surface.
(2) MP paper feed section

(2-1) Detaching and reattaching MP paper feed roller and the MP separation pad
Procedures
1. Pull the cassette (a) out of the main unit (b) in the
direction of the arrow and remove it.
Figure 4-8
4-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

3. After releasing two protrusions (c) in the direction of
the arrow, remove the left rear cover (b).
c
b
Figure 4-9
4. Detach one screw (a)(M3x8TP).

5. After sliding the left front cover (b) in the direction of
the arrow, release four hooks (c), and remove it.
c
b
a
Figure 4-10
4-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
6. Open the right cover (a).

7. Open the MP tray (c).
8. Detach two screws (b)(M3x8).
Figure 4-11
9. While lifting two top both ends (b) of the front cover,
open the front cover (a).
b
*: After proceeding the step 24, detaching and reat-
taching of MP paper feed roller is possible.
Figure 4-12
4-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
10. Remove two fixed strap sections (a) of the front

b
cover by using pliers.
Figure 4-13
11. While twisting the fulcrum of the front cover, remove

in (c) (b) order.
12. Remove the front cover (a) in the direction of the
arrow.
a b
Figure 4-14
4-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
13. While holding the handle (b) of MPF guide (a), pull
down it.
b
a
Figure 4-15
14. Disconnect two connectors (a), remove the wire

from the holder. a
15. Detach two screws (b) (M3×8P tight).
16. Detach the MPF unit (c) in the direction of the arrow.
b
c
b
Figure 4-16
4-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Turn over the MPF unit (a).

18. Release the hook (c) and remove the MP solenoid a
(b).
Figure 4-17
19. Release the wire from the hook (g).

20. After releasing two hooks (e) of MP drive cover (b)
d
by using the flat-head screwdriver (f), remove from a
MPF unit (a).
21. Remove four drive gears (c) and MP lift cam (d). c
c
e b
g c
e
Figure 4-18
4-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
22. Detach two screws (c) (M3×8p tight) of the MPF

unit. b
23. Remove to turn the MPF unit (b).
c
c
Figure 4-19
24. After releasing the lock section (b) of MP top frame

and slide MP paper feed shaft (c).
After sliding the MP paper feed pulley (d) in the
direction of the shaft, remove in the direction of the
arrow from MP top frame (d).
c
a
b
Figure 4-20
4-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
25. Remove the MP lift plate (b) from MP frame bottom.

26. The MP separation pad (c) turn places two hooks
(d) as a fulcrum, and detach it in the direction of the b
arrow.
27. Check MP paper feed roller and MP separation pad
and clean or replace it.
a
IMPORTANT
When replacing the new MP paper feed roller or MP sep-
aration pad, take care not to touch on the surface. c
Figure 4-21
(3) Transfer section

(3-1) Detaching and reattaching the primary transfer unit
Procedures
1. Open the right cover (a). b
2. After pushing up the container lock lever, release
the lock.
3. Remove to pull out the container.
4. In a similar way remove each color of the container a
in following procedures
Figure 4-22
4-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5. Open the rear cover (a). b

Figure 4-23
7. Open the MP tray (a).

Figure 4-24
4-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
Figure 4-25
10. Detach two screws (a)(M3x8).
Figure 4-26
4-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
a
11. Disconnect the connector (a).
12. Pull the drive release lever (b).
13. Pull the process unit (c).
IMPORTANT
When pulling, take care not to hit the front cover.
b
Figure 4-27
14. Remove the primary transfer unit (a) in the upper

a
direction from the process unit frame (b).
15. Check the primary transfer unit (a) and clean or
replace it.
IMPORTANT
Take care not to hold the transfer belt when pulling, put
on a flat place.
Figure 4-28
Execute the following setting after replacing the primary transfer unit.
1. Clearing the transfer counts. (Execution of maintenance mode U127): Clear
2. Set the ID correctional operation.
: [System menu/Counter] key > [Adjustment/Maintenance] > [Calibration]
3. Adjust the color printing position.
: [System menu/Counter] key > [Adjustment/Maintenance] > [Color Registration] > [Auto]
4-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
(3-2) Detaching and reattaching the secondary transfer roller

Procedures
2. Release the front and rear hook of the secondary
transfer unit (b) by using a flat-head screwdriver (c).
3. While turn the secondary transfer unit(b) in the a
direction of the arrow, remove in the upper direction.
4. Check the secondary transfer unit (b) and clean or
replace it.
5. Reattach the parts in the original position. b
c
Figure 4-29
Execute the following setting after replacing the secondary transfer unit.
4-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Drum section

(4-1) Detaching and reattaching the drum unit
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-30

Figure 4-31
4-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-32
9. While lifting two top edges (b) of the front cover,

b
Figure 4-33
4-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
10. Disconnect one connector (b).

11. Detach two screws (c)(M3x8).
Figure 4-34
a
IMPORTANT
b
Figure 4-35
4-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]

a
IMPORTANT
on a flat place.
Figure 4-36
16. Remove FFC (a) of the drum unit from the connec- a
tor (b) of the unit relay PWB. c b
17. Release two lock levers (c) and (d) of the drum unit.
18. Remove the drum unit (e) in the direction of the
arrow from the process frame (f).
19. In a similar way remove each color of the drum unit. e
20. Check the drum unit and clean or replace it.
IMPORTANT
When removing the drum unit, take care not to touch the
drum.
Figure 4-37
*: When replacing with new unit, execute automatically [LSU cleaning/Drum refresh/Calibration]. (About five minutes)
Execute the following settings manually, if Color Quality Adjustment is necessary.

4-20
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5) Developer section

(5-1) Detaching and reattaching the developer unit
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-38

Figure 4-39
4-21
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-40
9. While lifting two top both ends of the front cover,

b
Figure 4-41
4-22
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Figure 4-42
a
IMPORTANT
b
Figure 4-43
4-23
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

a
IMPORTANT
on a flat place.
Figure 4-44
15. Remove FFC (a) of the drum unit from the connec- a
tor (b) of the unit relay PWB. c b
16. Release two lock levers (c) and (d) of the drum unit.
17. Remove the drum unit (e) in the direction of the
arrow from the process frame (f).
18. In a similar way remove each color of the drum unit. e
IMPORTANT
When removing the drum unit, take care not to touch the
drum.
d
Figure 4-45
4-24
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
19. Remove FFC (a) of the developer unit from the con-
nector (b) of the unit relay PWB. a
b
Figure 4-46
20. Insert the flat-head screwdriver (c) into the label

section (b). c
21. While holding the handle (d) of developer unit, pull-
ing in front, release the lock by using the flat-head
screwdriver (c). b
22. Release two locks in the above procedures.
c
b
d
a
Figure 4-47
4-25
[CONFIDENTIAL]
23. Hold the handle (c) of the developer unit, remove

the developer unit (d) in the direction of the arrow
from the process frame (e). c
a
24. In a similar way remove each color of the developer b
unit.
25. Check the developer unit (c) and clean or replace it.
IMPORTANT
When removing the developer unit, take care not to touch
the developer roller and the film.
Figure 4-48
When attaching the developer unit to the process frame

c
(c), push down two both ends (b) of developer unit (a),
and lock it.
b
IMPORTANT a
Do not press the range (d) that might be cause of an
image failure.
b
Figure 4-49
*: When a new unit is replaced, the [T/C sensor correction/Calibration] is automatically executed. (About 90 sec-
onds).
Execute the following settings manually, if Color Quality Adjustment is necessary.

4-26
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6) Fuser section

(6-1) Detaching and reattaching the fuser unit
Procedures
c
b
Figure 4-50
3. Remove one screw (a)(M3x8).

4. After twisting the fuser wire cover (b) in the direction
of the arrow, remove it.
Figure 4-51
4-27
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5. Disconnect three connectors (a).

a
a
a b
Figure 4-52
7. While turning the fuser unit (a) in the direction of the

arrow, remove it.
8. Check the fuser unit (a) and clean or replace it.
9. Reattach the parts in the original position. a
IMPORTANT
When removing the fuser unit (a) immediately after the
machine operates, take care not to touch to high tem-
perature position of the conveying section.
Figure 4-53
4-28
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4-3 Disassembly and Reassembly

(1) Storage of the toner container
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-54
(2) Outer covers

(2-1) Detaching and reattaching the right rear cover
Procedures
3. After twisting the right rear cover (c), release two
back of the protrusions (d), remove in the direction
of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-55
4-29
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-2) Detaching and reattaching the right cover/the right bottom cover
Procedures
1. After pushing the lock button (a), open the right
cover.
2. After bending the fulcrum side of the right cover (b),
remove the fulcrum (c).
3. Remove the fulcrum (d) and remove the right cover
(b).
c
d
a
Figure 4-56

5. While bending the concave (d) of the right bottom
cover (b), release five back side of hooks in the
direction of the arrow, and remove it.
c
c
d
c c
b
a
Figure 4-57
4-30
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-3) Detaching and reattaching the left rear cover

Procedures
c
b
Figure 4-58
(2-4) Detaching and reattaching the fuser wire cover

Procedures
1. Detach one screw (a)(M3x8).
Figure 4-59
4-31
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-5) Detaching and reattaching the left front cover

Procedures
c
b
a
Figure 4-60
(2-6) Detaching and reattaching the left rear inner cover

Procedures
1. Release two hooks (b) of the left rear inner cover
in the direction of the arrow.
2. After opening the left rear inner cover (a) in the
direction of the arrow, remove it.
Figure 4-61
4-32
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-7) Detaching and reattaching the rear cover

Procedures
Figure 4-62
2. Close the conveying section (a).

3. After removing the stop ring (c) of the rear cover (b),
remove the strap (b). a
b d
Figure 4-63
4-33
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
1. After pulling near the rear cover in the direction of

the arrow, release the fulcrum section (b) and (c),
and remove the rear cover (a).
Figure 4-64
(2-8) Detaching and reattaching the rear bottom cover

Procedures
1. Release the hook section (b) of the rear cover bot-
tom in the direction of the arrow.
2. After coming near the rear bottom cover (a) in the
direction of the arrow, release three hooks (c) of the
rear bottom cover, and remove it.
c c
a
Figure 4-65
4-34
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-9) Detaching and reattaching the front cover

Procedures
1. Open the right cover (a).
2. Open the MP tray (c).
Figure 4-66
4. While lifting two top edges (b) of the front cover,

b
Figure 4-67
4-35
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5. Remove two fixed strap sections (a) of the front

b
cover by using pliers.
Figure 4-68
6. While twisting the fulcrum of the front cover, remove

in (c) (b) order.
7. Remove the front cover (a) in the direction of the
arrow.
a b
Figure 4-69
4-36
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-10) Detaching and reattaching the top rear cover and the top front cover
Procedures
1. While spreading the both ends hooks (b) of the b
top rear cover, remove the top rear cover (a).
b a
Figure 4-70
2. Remove the FFC (c) from the main/the connector

b
(d) of the engine PWB. a
3. After releasing two hooks (b) of the top front cover,
come near in the direction of the arrow, and detach
b
the top front cover (a) to remove the other hook.
c
d
Figure 4-71
4-37
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Note 1 when attaching the upper front cover

In case of reattaching the top front cover (a), check if two
hooks (b) make sure to hang to the eject unit (c).
b c
Take care not to insert the eject actuator (d).
a
b
Figure 4-72
Note 2 when attaching the upper front cover a

When attaching the upper front cover (a), take care not to
have the sponge (b) rub the USB wire holder (c).
b
c a
Figure 4-73
4-38
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Optical section

(3-1) Detaching and reattaching the LSU
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-74

Figure 4-75
4-39
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-76
b
Figure 4-77
4-40
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Figure 4-78
11. After twisting the left rear cover (a), release two pro-
trusions (b), remove the left rear cover (a) in the
direction of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-79
4-41
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-80
a
IMPORTANT
b
Figure 4-81
4-42
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Disconnect one connector (a).

18. Detach two fixed LSU pins (b).
Figure 4-82
19. Disconnect the connector (a) and FFC (b) from the
main/the main engine PWB.
a
20. Unplug the removed connector (a) and FFC (b) in
the LSU side from the holder aperture section (c).
21. After lifting the LSU (a), take it out.
22. Check the ISU (a) and clean or replace it.
IMPORTANT
When taking out the LSU (a), take care not to touch on
the slit glass side and hit the front cover.
c
Figure 4-83
4-43
[CONFIDENTIAL]
IMPORTANT
When removing the FFC of the main/the engine PWB (a),
release the lock (c) of the connector (b). b
c a
Figure 4-84
Execute the following setting after replacing the laser scanner unit.
4-44
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) Drive section

(4-1) Detaching and reattaching the main drive unit
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-85

Figure 4-86
4-45
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
Figure 4-87
Figure 4-88
4-46
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-89
b
a
Figure 4-90
4-47
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
12. Detach one screw (a)(M3x8TP).

c
b
a
Figure 4-91
Figure 4-92
4-48
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
15. Remove the SD card cover (a) in the direction of the

arrow.
Figure 4-93

Figure 4-94
4-49
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
a
IMPORTANT
b
Figure 4-95
21. Remove (Wi-Fi model) Wi-Fi assembly (a) in the

Figure 4-96
4-50
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
22. Remove three FFCs (a) from the main/the engine

PWB.
23. Disconnect three connectors (b).
24. Remove the FFC (c).
b
a
a
Figure 4-97
25. Detach nine screws (c)(M3x8).

26. Detach one screw (b)(M3x6).
27. Remove the main shield plate (a).
c
c
c
c
b c
c
c
c
c a
Figure 4-98
4-51
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
28. Disconnect all the connectors and FFC from the

main/the engine PWB (a).
29. Detach one screw (b)(M3x8) and remove the main/
the engine PWB (a).
b
b
a
b
b
b b
Figure 4-99
30. Detach one screw (a)(M4x6), and remove the

ground terminal.
31. Disconnect one connector (c).
32. Remove the inlet (d) from the frame.
b d
a
Figure 4-100
4-52
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

34. Release two hooks (c), remove the lower voltage
power source PWB (a).
c
c b
a
b
Figure 4-101
35. Disconnect the in-machine fan connector (b) and e

the clutch connector (c).
36. Release the wire (d) from the fan holder duct (a).
37. Release five hooks (f) of the fan holder duct (a) by
using the flat-head screwdriver (d), remove it. d
f
c
b
a
Figure 4-102
4-53
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

39. Remove the power shield plate (a) in the direction of
the arrow.
b b
Figure 4-103
40. Disconnect both the connector (b) of the solenoid

and the connector (c) of the motor.
41. Detach nine screws (b)(M3x8).
42. Remove the main drive unit (a).
43. Check the main drive unit (a) and clean or replace it.
d d
d
c
d a
d
d d
d
Figure 4-104
4-54
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-2) Detaching and reattaching the eject unit/the pressure release unit
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-105

of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-106
4-55
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

cover.
(b).
c
d
a
Figure 4-107

c
c
d
c c
b
a
Figure 4-108
4-56
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
13. After twisting the left rear cover, release two protru-
sions (b), remove the left rear cover (a) in the direc-
tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-109
14. While spreading the both ends hooks (b) of the top b
rear cover, remove the top rear cover (a).
b a
Figure 4-110
4-57
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-111
b
Figure 4-112
4-58
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

19. Release the hook (c) by using the flat-head screw-
driver, remove the right inner cover (a).
c
d
Figure 4-113
20. Remove the wire (c) from two hooks (b) of the eject
duct.
21. Disconnect the connector (d) from the main frame.
22. Detach two screws (e)(M3x8).
23. Remove the eject duct (a).
e
e
b
a
d
c
Figure 4-114
4-59
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
24. Disconnect two connectors (b) of the clutch (b).

25. Detach two screws (c) (M3×12P tight).
26. Disconnect two screws (d)(M3×12), remove the
eject/the pressure release unit (a).
27. Check the eject/the pressure release unit (a) and
clean or replace it. a
c
c
b
Figure 4-115
4-60
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-3) Detaching and reattaching the eject drive unit

Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-116

of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-117
4-61
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

cover.
(b).
c
d
a
Figure 4-118
tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-119
4-62
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-120
b a
Figure 4-121
4-63
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-122
b
Figure 4-123
4-64
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
18. Remove the FFC (c) from the connector (d) of the
b
main/the engine PWB. a
b
c
d
Figure 4-124

b c
a
b
Figure 4-125
4-65
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
c a
Figure 4-126

c
c
d
c c
b
a
Figure 4-127
4-66
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
d
Figure 4-128
24. Disconnect the connector (b).

25. Remove the wire from two hooks (c) of the eject
duct.
26. Detach two screw (a)(M3x8).
e
e
b
a
d
c
Figure 4-129
4-67
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
28. Disconnect two connectors (b) of the clutch.

29. Detach one screw (c) (M3×12P tight).
30. Disconnect one screw (d)(M3×12), remove the
eject/the pressure release unit (a).
c
c
b
Figure 4-130
c
31. Release two hooks (b), remove the eject fan motor d
(c).
32. Detach two screws (d)(M3x8). d
33. Detach two screws (e) (M4×12P tight).
a
34. Detach the eject unit (a) in the direction of the arrow.
e
e
Figure 4-131
4-68
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
35. Detach six screws (b)(M3x6).

36. After pulling in the under direction, release three
hooks (c), and remove the right inner cover (a).
c
c
b
b b
b
b
b a
Figure 4-132
37. Disconnect the connector (b) of the solenoid.

a
38. Disconnect three screws (c)(M3×8), remove the b
eject drive unit (a).
39. Check the eject drive unit (a) and clean or replace it.
c
c
Figure 4-133
4-69
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-4) Detaching and reattaching the conveying motor

Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-134

of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-135
4-70
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

cover.
(b).
c
d
a
Figure 4-136

c
c
d
c c
b
a
Figure 4-137
4-71
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-138
b a
Figure 4-139
4-72
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
d
Figure 4-140
17. Remove the wire (c) from two hooks (b) of the eject
duct.
18. Disconnect the connector (d) from the main frame.
19. Detach two screws (e)(M3x8).
e
e
b
a
d
c
Figure 4-141
4-73
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
21. Disconnect the connector (b).

22. Disconnect three screws (c)(M3×8), remove the
conveying motor (a).
23. Check the conveying motor (a) and clean or replace
it.
c
b
Figure 4-142
4-74
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4-5) Detaching and reattaching the paper feed/the resist clutch assembly
Procedures
the lock.
Figure 4-143

of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-144
4-75
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

cover.
(b).
c
d
a
Figure 4-145

c
c
d
c c
b
a
Figure 4-146
4-76
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
d
Figure 4-147
15. Disconnect two connectors (b) of the clutch.

16. Disconnect two screws (c)(M3×8), remove the
paper feed/the resist clutch assembly (a).
17. Check the paper feed/the resist clutch assembly (a)
and clean or replace it.
c
b
b
Figure 4-148
4-77
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5) Others
(5-1) Detaching and reattaching the conveying unit
Procedures
Figure 4-149
2. After lifting the conveying section (a), and open it.

*: When the conveying section is locked, once close
the rear cover, open it again. a
3. After detaching the stop ring (c) of the rear cover
(b), remove the strap (d).
b d
Figure 4-150
4-78
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4. After pulling near the rear cover in the direction of

the arrow, release the fulcrum section (b) and (c),
and remove the rear cover (a).
Figure 4-151
5. Open the conveying section (a) in the direction of

the arrow.
6. With the middle guide (b) open, remove with the
conveying section (a).
7. Check the conveying unit (a) and clean or replace it.
Figure 4-152
4-79
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5-2) Detaching and reattaching the eject unit

Procedures
2. Detach one screw (b) (M3×8P tight).
of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-153

tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-154
4-80
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-155

b a
Figure 4-156
4-81
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-157
b
Figure 4-158
4-82
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
b
c
d
Figure 4-159

b c
a
b
Figure 4-160
4-83
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
c a
Figure 4-161
c
(c).
a
17. Check the eject unit (a) and clean or replace it. e
18. Reattach the parts in the original position. e
Figure 4-162
4-84
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5-3) Fan motor attachment direction

*: When reattaching the fan motor, take care of the attachment direction (intake/exhaust).
Figure 4-163
1. Eject fan motor: intake (the lower side of the label)

2. In-machine fan motor: intake (the inside of the label)
4-85
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6) PWBs
(6-1) Detaching and reattaching the main/the engine PWB
Procedures
c
b
Figure 4-164

c
b
a
Figure 4-165
4-86
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5. Release two hooks (b) of the left rear inner cover in

Figure 4-166

arrow.
Figure 4-167
4-87
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-168

Figure 4-169
4-88
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

PWB.
b
a
a
Figure 4-170

c
c
c
c
b c
c
c
c
c a
Figure 4-171
4-89
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Disconnect all the connectors and FFC from the

18. Remove seven screws (b)(M3x8) and remove the
19. Check or replace the main/the engine PWB (a).
b
b
a
b
b
b b
Figure 4-172
4-90
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Precaution in case of replacing the main/the engine PWB

When replacing the main/the engine PWB, remove the EEPROM (U4) on the old PWB, make sure to install in the new
PWB.
Do not replace with others, since the EEPROM is not compatible and take care it carfully cause it can not be proveded
as service parts.
Figure 4-173
*: Since the MAC address changes when replacing the main/the engine PWB, check the network settings.
Example: If the printer name is registered with the IP address, reset the IP address.
Execute the following setting after replacing the main PWB.
1. Firmware update (see page 5-1)

*: Check the latest firmware and upgrade it.
2. Reactivating the license

Reactivate the license when equipping the license of the optional product.
(1)IC Card Authentication Kit (B)
(2)UG-33 (ThinPrint)
*: Re-entering 4-digit encryption codes entered at setup is necessary.
3. Resetting the initial settings

Reset the user default setting from the System Menu or Command Center.
4-91
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6-2) Detaching and reattaching the high voltage PWB

Procedures
of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-174

tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-175
4-92
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-176

b a
Figure 4-177
4-93
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-178
b
Figure 4-179
4-94
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
b
c
d
Figure 4-180

b c
a
b
Figure 4-181
4-95
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
c a
Figure 4-182
c
(c).
a
e
e
Figure 4-183
4-96
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Detach six hooks (e), remove the FFC cover (a).
18. Remove the container FFC (b) from the connector a
and the hook.
19. Remove the high voltage FFC (c) from the connec-
tor and the hook.
e
e
e
e
e
e
Figure 4-184
20. Perform Step 21 through Step 24 while rolling up

the dust-proof film (a) and (b) in the direction of
the arrow. a
Caution
When reattaching, securely cover the wire (c) with the
dust-proof film (a).
b
Take care not to tear the dust-proof film.
Figure 4-185
4-97
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
21. Detach seven connectors (b) and (c) from the con-
nector of the container relay PWB (a). a
b
c
Figure 4-186

23. Release three lock sections (c) by using the flat- b d
head screwdriver (d).
24. After lifting the high voltage PWB assembly (a) in
the direction of the arrow from the main unit (e), c c
remove it.
25. Check the condition of the high voltage PWB (a)
c
and if necessary clean or replace it .
e
Figure 4-187
4-98
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6-3) Detaching and reattaching the lower voltage power PWB

Procedures
c
b
Figure 4-188

c
b
a
Figure 4-189
4-99
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5. Release two hooks (b) of the left rear inner cover in

Figure 4-190

arrow.
Figure 4-191
4-100
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Figure 4-192

Figure 4-193
4-101
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

PWB.
b
a
a
Figure 4-194

c
c
c
c
b c
c
c
c
c a
Figure 4-195
4-102
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Remove one screw (a)(M4x8) and remove the

ground terminal.
18. Disconnect one connector (c).
19. Remove the inlet (d) from the frame.
b d
a
Figure 4-196

21. Release two hooks (c), remove the low voltage
power PWB (a).
22. Check the condition the low power PWB (a) and if
necessary clean or replace it .
c
c b
a
b
Figure 4-197
4-103
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6-4) Detaching and reattaching the container relay PWB

Procedures
of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-198

tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-199
4-104
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-200

Figure 4-201
4-105
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
Figure 4-202
b a
Figure 4-203
4-106
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
b
c
d
Figure 4-204

b c
a
b
Figure 4-205
4-107
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
c a
Figure 4-206
c
(c).
a
e
e
Figure 4-207
4-108
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
17. Detach six hooks (e), remove the FFC cover (a).
18. Remove the container FFC (b) from the connector a
and the hook.
19. Remove the high voltage FFC (c) from the connec-
tor and the hook.
e
e
e
e
e
e
Figure 4-208
20. Perform Step 21 through Step 24 while rolling up

the dust-proof film (a) and (b) in the direction of
the arrow. a
Caution
When reattaching, securely cover the wire (c) with the
dust-proof film (a).
b
Take care not to tear the dust-proof film.
Figure 4-209
4-109
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
21. Detach seven connectors (b) and (c) from the con-
nector of the container relay PWB (a). a
b
c
Figure 4-210

23. Release three lock sections (c) by using the flat- b d
head screwdriver (d).
24. After lifting the high voltage PWB assembly (a) in
the direction of the arrow from the main unit (e), c c
remove it.
c
a
e
Figure 4-211
4-110
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
25. Disconnect the eraser (b) and FFC (c) from the con-
nector of the container relay PWB (a). c
26. Detach four screws (d). a
27. Remove the container relay PWB (a) in the direction
of the arrow.
28. Check the condition of the container relay PWB (a)
and if necessary clean or replace it.
d
d
d d
Figure 4-212
4-111
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6-5) Detaching and reattaching the unit relay PWB

Procedures
2. After pushing up the container lock lever (b), release
the lock.
3. Remove to pull out the container (c).
in following procedures.
Figure 4-213
b
a
Figure 4-214
4-112
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-215

Figure 4-216
4-113
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
Figure 4-217
Figure 4-218
4-114
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

13. Remove two screws (b)(M3x8).
Figure 4-219
a
IMPORTANT
b
Figure 4-220
4-115
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

a
IMPORTANT
on a flat place.
Figure 4-221
b
18. Remove FFC (b) in each color of the drum unit from
the unit relay PWB (a). c
19. Remove FFC (c) in each color of the developer unit
b
from the unit relay PWB (a). c
b
c
b
c
a
Figure 4-222
4-116
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
20. Detach five screws (c)(M3x8).

21. Detach five hooks (d) from the process unit (e),
remove the left frame (b).
22. Remove the unit relay PWB (a).
23. Check the condition of the unit relay PWB (a) and if e
necessary clean or replace it.
d
d
c d
d
d
c
c
a
c
b
c
Figure 4-223
4-117
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6-6) Detaching and reattaching the operation panel PWB

Procedures
of the arrow.
b
d
d
c
Figure 4-224

tion of the arrow.
b
a
Figure 4-225
4-118
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

c
b
a
Figure 4-226

Figure 4-227
4-119
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
Figure 4-228
b a
Figure 4-229
4-120
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
b
b
c
d
Figure 4-230

b c
a
b
Figure 4-231
4-121
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

b
c a
Figure 4-232
13. Detach five screws (b) (M3×8P tight). b

14. Remove the operation panel PWB (a) from the top
front cover (c). b b b c
15. Check the condition of the operation panel PWB (a)
and if necessary clean or replace it. b
Figure 4-233
4-122
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4-4 Maintenance parts replacement procedures (option)

(1) Paper feeder (PF-5110)
(1-1) Detaching and reattaching the retard, the pickup pulley and paper feed roller
Procedures
1. Open the PF rear cover (a).
2. While lifting the retard guide cover (c) in the direc-
tion of the arrow, follow the guide (b) and remove it.
a b
Figure 4-234
3. While lifting to release the shaft (b) of the retard

guide, remove the retard guide (a) in the direction of
the arrow.
Figure 4-235
4-123
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
4. While pushing up the lock portion (b) of paper feed

holder, slide it in the direction of the arrow.
While twisting the paper feed holder (a), remove in
5. Check the retard pulley, pickup pulley and paper
feed roller, and clean or replace it.
a
Figure 4-236

*: When installing the paper feed holder (a), insert the
protrusion (b) into the PF guide (c).
c b
*: In case that the coupling is not in, insert to turn the a
gear.
b
Figure 4-237
IMPORTANT
When replacing the new pickup holder or retard holder, take care not to touch on the roller surface.
Execute the following setting after replacing the paper feed roller.
Clearing the maintenance counts (maintenance mode U251): Clear
4-124
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-2) Detaching and reattaching the PF PWB

Procedures
1. Detach seven screws (b)(M3x8).
2. While twisting to release seven hooks (c) of the PF
right cover, remove the PF right cover (a)
c
b
Figure 4-238
3.
Disconnect all the connectors from the PF PWB (a).
5. Remove the PF PWB (a).
6. Check the condition of the PF PWB (a) and if neces-
sary clean or replace it.
b
a
Figure 4-239
4-125
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
5 Firmware
5-1 Firmware update
Execute the following to update the firmware below.
*: The processing time is reduced with simultaneous processing by group.
[GROUP1 UPDATE]
UPDATE Target Master file name Message
Turn
1 Controller firmware DL_CTRL.2RB CTRL
2 The first color table data DL_PCLT1.2R7 P-CLUT1
3 The second color table data DL_PCLT2.2R7 P-CLUT2
4 Optional language data 1 DL_OPT_xx.2RB*1 OPT1
*1: The numbers 01 to 99 different for each language in xx are inserted.
[GROUP2 UPDATE]: No applicable firmware is available.
[GROUP3 UPDATE]
UPDATE Target Master file name Message
Turn
1 Engine firmware DL_ENGN.2RB ENGN
Verify the signature at firmware update

Verify the signature of the update file to prevent the firmware update with illegally falsified data.
File names of the signature and firmware certificate

Target Signature file name Firmware certificate file name
Controller data 2RB_CTRL_sign.bin 2RB_CTRL_cert.pem
The first color table for printer 2R7_PCLT1_sign.bin 2R7_PCLT1_cert.pem
The second color table for printer 2R7_PCLT2_sign.bin 2R7_PCLT2_cert.pem
Optional language data *1 2RB_OPT_sign.bin 2RB_OPT_cert.pem
Engine PWB 2RB_ENGN_sign.bin 2RB_ENGN_cert.pem
Data for optional language deletion 2RB_OPT_ER_sign.bin 2RB_OPT_ER_cert_pem
*1: The numbers 01 to 99 different in each language contain in xx.
5-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Preparations
Unzip the file containing the downloaded firmware and then copy the firmware and high-speed master file (skip files:
ES_SKIP.ON) in the root folder of the USB memory.
*: If the high-speed master file exists, the same version firmware update is skipped.
Procedures
1. After turning the power switch (a) on and the
screen is properly displayed, turn the power
switch (a) off.
2. Insert the USB memory (b) with the firmware into
the USB memory slot.
3. Turn the power switch (a) on.
4. [FW-UPDATE] is displayed, the version upgrade is
started.
*: Several kinds of firmware updates are processed
simultaneously. c
b
a
Figure 1-5-1
5. The target name and the progress situation are represented by the progress bar during the firmware update.
(Display sample)
The first line: Display "FW-Update" FW-Update
The second line: The progress bar is displayed the
update progress situation.
6. When the firmware update complete normally, the completion message is displayed on the first page, the character
string of the update target and updated version are displayed on the second and subsequent pages.
(The first page)
The first line: "FW-Update" FW-Update 1/10
Display page number/total page number, upper and lower key icon Completed
The second line: "Completed" (Completion message)
(The second and subsequent pages)

The first line: "CTRL", (the character string applicable to UPDATE target) [CTRL] 2/10
Display page number/total page number, upper and lower key icon 2RB_2000.001.005
The second line: (Updated version)
*: When there is no corresponding master file, "No Change" is displayed.

[ENGN] 9/10
No Change
*: "*" is displayed after the firmware version update that has been skipped.
[CTRL] 2/10
2RB_2000.001.005
5-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7. Check if the new firmware versions are displayed.

8. Unplug the power cord and disconnect the USB memory.
9. Insert the power cord and turn the power switch off after checking that "can make a copy" is properly displayed.
*: Never turn the power switch off or disconnect the USB memory during the firmware update.
In case that any errors(the error which can not read a file) occurs, interrupt the progress immediately, makes the comple-
tion display without executing the subsequent FW-UPDATE.
(The first page)

The first line: "FW-Update" FW-Update 1/10
Display page number/total page number, upper and lower key icon Error
The second line: "Error"
(The second and subsequent pages)

The first line: "ENGN", (the character string applicable to UPDATE target) [ENGN] 10/10
Display page number/total page number, upper and lower key icon Error 0100
The second line: "Error"
Error code
Code Error contents Code Error contents
0000 Others S000 Other signature verification error *1
0100 There is not master file. S001 Official signature verification file is short.
0200 Master file version discrepancy N001 can not connect to the network *2
(There is not the target on the way to
03xx*4 There is not download file(No.xx).
update.)
04xx*4 File(No.xx) check sum discrepancy N002 can not connect to the network *3
(There is the target on the way to
05xx*4 File(No.xx) preparation failure
update.)
06xx*4 File(No.xx) size excess
08xx*4 File(No.xx) writing failure
*1: The expiration of the FM certification includes.

*2: As next time normal start-up is possible, restart automatically, start up normally.
*3: As next time there is a possibility of normal start-up impossible, not restart-up automatically, move to USB update
mode.
*4: The identifier applicable to the code XX is as following.
Update target Code Identifier
Controller data 01 BOOT
02 KERNEL
03 FDTBIN
04 ROOTFS
05 APPL1
The first color table (for printer) 01 CLUT1
The second color table (for printer) 01 CLUT2
5-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Update target Code Identifier

Optional language data 01 M_OPT_ALL
Engine PWB 01 ENGN
The display of the signature verification result

Official signature verification file Indicate the result
Both certificate and signature files exist and verification is suc- Version number
cessful.
Both certificate and signature files exist but verification is unsuc- S000
cessful.
Neither certificate nor signature files exist. S001
Or either of them does not exist.
10. Unplug the power cord and disconnect the USB memory.
11. Plug in the power cord and turn the power switch (a) on.
12. Check that the "Home" screen is displayed and then turn the power switch (a) off.
Precautions
Never turn the power switch (a) off or disconnect the USB memory (b) during the firmware update.
Safe-Update
When the firmware update was interrupted by power shut-off or disconnecting the USB memory during the firmware
update, the firmware update is retried at the next power-on.
Turn the main power on again while the USB memory is installed.
*: The firmware update that was already completed before power shut-down is skipped.
5-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
6 Service modes
6-1 Service modes
The machine is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine.
(1) Executing the service mode

[Message Display]
Ready to copy
1. Press the Menu Key.
2. Select [Adjustment/Maintenance]
using the [▲] [▼] keys.
System Menu:
Print Report
USB Memory
Job Box
Counter
Paper Settings
Print Settings 3. Select [Service Setting] using
Wi-Fi Direct Set the [▲] [▼] keys.
Wi-Fi Settings Adjust/Maint.:
Wired Network Color Calibration
Network Settings Registration
Device Common Normal
Security Registration
Details
4. Select the item using
User/Job Account
Restart Printer the [▲] [▼] keys.
Application
Service Service.:
Administrator
Print Status Page
Adjust/Maintenance
Print Network Status Page
Op functions
Print Test Page
Write Data *1
Maintenance *2
DEV-CLN
LSU
Drum
Altitude Adj.
Normal
MC
*1:Displayed at the time of USB memory insertion.

*2:Displayed in the maintenance period.
6-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Service settings
Items Contents page

Print Status Page Outputs the service status page. P.6-2
Print Network Status Page Outputs the network status page. P.6-9
Print Test Page Outputs the test page formed in halftone. P.6-9
Write Data Writing data in a USB memory. P.6-10
Maintenance Reset the counter after replacing the maintenance kit. P.6-10
DEV-CLN Execute developer refreshing. P.6-11
LSU Cleans the dust proof glass of the laser scanner. P.6-11
Drum Cleans the drum surface. P.6-11
Altitude Adj. Sets the altitude adjustment mode. P.6-12
MC Sets the main charger output. P.6-12
(2) Descriptions of service modes
Print Status Page
Contents
Prints the service status page. The service status page contains various settings and service data.
Purpose
Use to retrieve the information of the environmental setting and service data.
Method
1.Enter the Service Setting menu.
2.Select [Print Status Page].
3.Press the [OK] key.
5.Prints the service status page.
Completion
Press the [Menu] key.
6-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Detail of service status page (1)
(6)
Service Status Page [XXXXXXXXXX]
Printer (2) 2014/10/30 15:15
ECOSYS P5026cdw (3) (4) (5)
(1) Firmware Version 2RB_2000.000.000 2014.10.30 [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
Controller Information
Memory status (28) FRPO Status
Standard Size 1.0 GB User Top Margin A1+A2/100 0.0
Option Slot 1.0 GB User Left Margin A3+A4/100 0.0
(7) Total Size 2.0 GB .
.
Time
(8) Local Time Zone .
+01:00 _Tokyo
(9) Date and Time .
10/30/2014 02:33
(10) Time Server .
10.183.53.13
.
Installed Options .
(
(11) Paper Feeder2 Installed .
(12) SD Card Not Installed .
(13) Card Authentication Kit (B) Installed .
(14) UG-33 Installed .
(15) USB Keyboard Installed .
(16) USB Keyboard Type US-English .
(17) Print Coverage .
Average(%) / Usage Page(A4/Letter Conversion) .
(18) Total .
K: 1.10 / 1111111.11 .
C: 2.20 / 2222222.22 .
M: 3.30 / 3333333.33 .
Y: 4.40 / 4444444.44
(19) Copy e-MPS error control Y6 0
K: 1.10 / 1111111.11
C: 2.20 / 2222222.22 RP Code
M: 3.30 / 3333333.33 (29) 1234 5678 9012
Y: 4.40 / 4444444.44
(30) 5678 9012 3456
(20) Printer (31) 9012 3456 7890
K: 1.10 / 1111111.11
C: 2.20 / 2222222.22 (32) 3456 7890 1234
M: 3.30 / 3333333.33
Y: 4.40 / 4444444.44
(21) FAX
K: 1.10 / 1111111.11
(22) Period (27/10/2010 - 03/11/2010 08:40)
(23) Last Page K/C/M/Y(%) 1.00 / 2.22 / 3.33 / 4.44
FAX Information
(24) Rings (Normal) 3
(25) Rings (FAX/TEL) 3
(26) Rings (TAD) 3
(27) Option DIMM Size 16MB
Figure 6-1
6-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Detail of service status page (2)
Service Status Page [ZE76100020]

Printer
ECOSYS P5026cdw 2016/03/09 19:45
Firmware Version 2RB_2000.001.123 2016.02.18 [2R7_1000.001.083] [2R7_1100.001.002] [2R7_4000.002.123]
Controller Information Engine Information

Print Settings (37) NVRAM Version _CR05A19_CR05A19
(33) MP Tray Priority MP Tray Priority (38) FAX Slot1 2NM_1200.001.089
(34) Altitude Adjustment FAX BOOT Version 2NM_5000.001.006
Status Normal FAX APL Version 2NM_5100.004.001
Send Information FAX IPL Version 2NM_5200.001.006
(39) MAC Address 00:17:C8:3B:41:7E
(35) Date and Time 14/03/05 15:30
(36) Address mail@bjd.ne.jp
1/4 (40) (41)

644/600 (42)
(43) -10/0/0/0/
(44) 0/0/-49/0
(45) 0/50/0/50/
(46) 0000064/0000000/0000064/0000000/
0000063/0000063/0000063/0000063/0000063/0000063/0000063/0000044/0000044/0000044/
F00/U00/0/1/0/0/1/25/27/30/0/0/25/25//5/1/0/ (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64)
(65) 1010/9000/2010/4000/3010/1010/4000/2010/1010/1010/5000/6000/3010/
5010/1010/1010/1010/1010/1010/1010/1010/1010/1010/
(66) 6A00/F000/9901/4302/E102/9903/E803/E803/7100/F200/8601/3D02/D902/9503/E803/E803/
7500/F500/8701/3A02/EA02/9103/E803/E803/7400/0001/A901/4E02/F602/7C03/C403/CE03/
(67) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(68) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000
(69) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/
(70) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/
(71) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(72) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(73) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(74) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/
(75) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/
(76) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(77) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(78) 0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/0000000000000000/000000000000/
(79) 0300A000/00000000/544B2D353234314B5300000000000000/36313246303335580000000000000000/0078/00/00
0300A000/00000000/544B2D35323431435300000000000000/36313246303136570000000000000000/0078/00/00
0300A000/00000000/544B2D353234314B5300000000000000/363132453236325A0000000000000000/0078/00/00
0300A000/00000000/544B2D35323431595300000000000000/36313245323931420000000000000000/0078/00/00
(80) /
(81) [2R7_81BR.001.008] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] (82) (83)
(84) 0284F60000/0258000000/00CF060005/000000FF00/5A00410022/0000003F00/00003F0000/003F000000/3F00001861/0000186100/
0018610000/1861000000/3F0000003F/0000000029/0028002300/2200900090/0028000002/0000EE02EE/02EE025203/0000002500/
0000250000/0025000000/310000002C/0000002C00/00002C0000/003F3C6E78/8CAA000186/A00000003D/00000101B0/0438048403/
8403840375/030302EF01/CC01EA0160/676D700105/0EFF39FEC7/004D00BCFE/DC01DE0159/FEA103EDFF/02FF1BFF0A/005800E5FF/
320082FE60/FE1BFF1500/2800D8FF54/FFA5FF5700/2100310000/000040
(85) 4/
1/0/5.0/12.0/ (86) (87) (88) (89)
0/5/ (90) (91)
0/0/15:47/0/ (92) (93) (94) (95)
(96) EPE00Z100025/EPF00Z100083/EPF00Z100178/EPF00Z100085/
(97) EPG00Z100059/EPK00Z100059/EPJ00Z100059/EPH00Z100059/
Figure 6-2
6-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents

(1) Firmware Version -
(2) System date -
(3) Engine firmware version -
(4) Engine boot version -
(5) Operation panel firmware version -
(6) Machine serial number -
(7) Total memory size -
(8) Local time zone -
(9) Report output date Day/Month/Year hour : minute
(10) NTP server name -
(11) Availability of the paper feeder 2 Installed/Not Installed
(12) Availability of the SD memory card Installed/Not Installed
(13) Availability of the ID Card Authentica- Introduced/ before introduction/trial
tion Kit
(14) Availability of UG-33 Introduced/ before introduction/trial
(15) USB keyboard connection status Connected/Not connected
(16) Type of the USB keyboard US-English/US-English with Euro symbol/German
France
(17) Page count converted to the A4/Letter Print Coverage provides a close-matching reference of
size toner consumption and will not match the actual toner
consumption.
(18) Entire average coverage Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
(19) Average coverage for copy Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
(20) Average printer coverage Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
(21) Average coverage for FAX Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
(22) Cleared date and output date -
(23) Coverage on the last output page -
(24) Number of rings 0 to 15
(25) Number of rings before automatic 0 to 15
switching
(26) Number of rings before connecting to 0 to 15
the answering machine
(27) Optional DIMM size -
(28) FRPO setting -
(29) RP code Coding the engine firmware version and the date of the
previous update.
(30) RP code Code the main software version and the date of the latest
update.
6-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents

(31) RP code Coding the engine firmware version and the date of the
previous update.
(32) RP code Code the main software version and the date of the previ-
ous update.
(33) MP tray priority setting Off/Auto/Always
(34) High altitude adjustment set data Normal/1001-2000m/2001-3000m/3001-3500m
(35) The last sent date and time -
(36) Transmission address -
(37) NVRAM version _ 1F3 1225 _ 1F3 1225
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)
(a) Consistency of the current firmware version and the
database
_ (underscore): OK
* (Asterisk): NG
(b) Database version
(c) The oldest time stamp of database version
(d) Consistency of the present software version and the
ME firmware version
_ (underscore): OK
* (Asterisk): NG
(e) ME firmware version
(f) The oldest time stamp of the ME firmware version
Normal if (a) and (d) are underscored, and (b) and (e) are
identical with (c) and (f).
(38) FAX firmware version -
(39) Mac address -
(40) Destination information -
(41) Area information -
(42) Margin setting Top margin/Left margin
(43) Top offset setting by paper source MP tray top offest / Paper feeder 2 top offset / Duplex top
offset
/ Top offset for rotated output
(44) Left offset setting by paper source MP tray left offset / Paper feeder 2 left offset / Duplex left
offset
/ Left offset for rotated output
(45) L parameters Top margin integer part/Top margin decimal part/Left mar-
gin integer part /Left margin decimal part
(46) Life counter (cassette 1) Machine life/MP tray/Cassette/Paper feeder 1/Duplex
Life counter (cassette 2) Drum unit K/Drum unit C/Drum unit M/Drum unit Y/Pri-
mary transfer unit/Developer unit K/Developer unit C/
Developer unit M/Developer unit Y/
Fuser unit
6-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents

(47) Panel lock information F00: OFF
F01: Partial lock1
F02: Partial lock2
F03: Partial lock3
F04: Full lock
(48) USB information U00: Not Connected
U01: Full speed
U02: Hi speed
(49) Paper handling information 0: Paper source select
1: Paper source fixed
(50) Auto cassette change 0: OFF
1: ON (Default)
(51) Color printing double count mode 0: All single counts
3: Folio (Less than 330 mm length), Single counts
(52) Black and white printing double count 0: All single counts
mode 3: Folio (Less than 330 mm length), Single counts
(53) Billing counts timing 0: When secondary paper feed starts
1: When the paper is ejected
(54) Temperature (machine inside) -
(55) Temperature (machine outside) -
(56) Relative humidity (machine outside) -
(57) Absolute humidity (machine outside) -
(58) LSU humidity information -
(59) LSU 2 humidity information -
(60) DRT information -
(61) Asset Number -
(62) Job end judgment time-out time -
(63) Job end detection mode 0: Detects as one job, even if contained multiple jobs
1: Detects as individual job, dividing multiple jobs at a
break in job
(64) Prescribe environment reset 0: Off
1: On
(65) Media type attributes Weight settings Fuser settings
1 to 28 (Not used: 18, 19, 20) 0: Light 0: High
1: Normal 1 1: Middle
*: For details on settings, refer to 2: Normal 2 2: Low
MDAT command in "Prescribe 3: Normal 3 3: Vellum
Commands Reference Manual". 4: Heavy 1
5: Heavy 2 Duplex settings
6: Heavy 3 0: Disable
7: Extra Heavy 1: Enable
(66) IO Calibration information K/C/M/Y
(67) Bias Calibration information -
(68) Calibration information -
6-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents

(69) Sensor initial information -
(74) Paper loop correction shift amount -
(75) Paper loop correction interval -
(76) Paper loop correction patch amount -
(79) RFID information (K,C,M,Y) -
(80) RFID reader/writer version -
(81) Optional paper feeder firmware ver- -
sion
(82) Color table version -
(83) Color table 2 version -
(84) Maintenance information -
(85) MC correction 1 to 7
(86) Automatic judgment of the color con- 0: Off
version process 1: On
(87) Configuring the toner coverage count- 0: Full-color count display
ers 1: Color coverage count display
(88) Low coverage setting 0.1 to 100.0
(89) Middle coverage setting 0.1 to 100.0
(90) Toner low setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
(91) Toner low detection level 0 to 100 (%)
(92) Full-page print mode 0: Normal mode (Factory setting)
1: Full-page mode
(93) Wake-up mode 0: Off (Don't wake up)
1: On (Do wake up)
(94) Wake-up timer Displays the wake-up time
(95) BAM conformity mode setting 0: Non-conformity mode
1: Conformity Mode
(96) Drum serial number Black/Cyan/Magenta/yellow
(97) Developer serial number Black/Cyan/Magenta/yellow
6-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents
Code conversion
A B C D E F G H I J
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Print Network Status Page
Contents
Prints the network status page.
Purpose
Acquires the network setting information.
Method
2.Select [Print Network Status Page].
5.Prints the network status page.
Completion
Print Test Page
Contents
Outputs the test page in each of 4 colors formed in 3-
level halftone. 16/256
Purpose Density*2 24/256 Black
32/256
Outputs the test page to judge the cause when an
image failure occurs.
Cyan
Method
Magenta
2.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [Print Test Page].
5.Prints the test page. Green*1
(Yellow)
Figure 1-6-1
*1: It is hard to identify the focus on the single yellow and cyan is mixed to make green.
*2: Formed in each color in 3-level halftone.
If the focus shift is large, dots are not formed in 16/256 part and the image density becomes uneven. Also,
the white or black vertical line appears in 24/256 or 32/256 part.
Completion
6-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Write Data
Contents
Writing data in a USB memory.
Executable only when a USB memory is detected.
Method
Insert the USB memory before writing data.
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [Write Data].
3. Press the [OK] key.
5."Data waiting" appears and enters into o the write data waiting status.
6. "Processing" appears and writing data in a USB memory is executed by sending data from the host in
this status. "Ready" appears after completion.
Completion
Maintenance
Contents
Reset the counter after replacing the maintenance kit.
The "Replace MK" message indicates that the print count has reached the pre-specified one and it is nec-
essary to replace the maintenance kit. After replacing the maintenance kit, execute this item to reset the
counter and to newly start the counter.
*: Appears in the system menu only at the time of replacement.
Purpose
Clears maintenance kit life counts.
Replacement procedures
Drum unit (See page P.4-17)
Developer unit (K,C,M,Y)(See page P.4-21)
Primary transfer unit (See page P.4-12)
Secondary transfer roller assy (See page P.4-16)
Fuser unit (See page P.4-31)
Feed roller assy (See page P.4-3)
Retard roller assy (See page P.4-3)
Method
1. Enter the Service Setting menu.
2. Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [Maintenance].
5. "Completed" appears and the counter of the each unit is reset.
Remarks
The counter reset at the maintenance kit replacement is recorded in the event log as the page or image
count at the maintenance kit replacement (P.6-2,P.6-13 reference). Base on this information, it can be
judged that it was reset at other timing than the maintenance kit replacement.
6-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
DEV-CLN
Description
The laser output of the image data, exposure, developing and middle transfer is executed for ten pages
equivalent. (Paper is not fed)
Purpose
Execute when the image failure or problem in the developer unit occurs
Method
2.Select [DEV-CLN].
5.Execute Developer Refresh.
Completion
LSU
Contents
The cleaning pad is operated by the LSU cleaning motor and cleans the LSU dust-proof glass.
Purpose
Executes when the image failure of vertical lines appear.
Method
2.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [LSU].
5.Executes the laser scanner cleaning.
Completion
Drum
Contents
Toner is thinly spread to the entire drum and it is rotated about 2 minutes. The cleaning blade inside the
drum unit scrapes off toner to clean the drum surface.
Purpose
Cleans the drum surface if an image failure occurs from the drum factor. Effective to execute when conden-
sation occurs on the drum.
Method
2.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [Drum].
5.Execute Drum refreshing.
Completion
6-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Altitude Adj.
Description
Sets the altitude adjustment mode.
Purpose
Execute when print quality deteriorates in the installation at the altitude of 1,001 meters or higher
Method
2.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [Altitude Adj.].
4.Using the [▲] [▼] keys, select [Normal], [1001 - 2000m], [2001 - 3000m] or [3001 - 3500m].
5.Press the [OK] key to set the setting value.
Completion
MC
Description
Sets the main charger output.
Purpose
Execute when the image density declines, dirt of a background or an offset has occurred.
Method
2.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select [MC].
4.Using the [▲] [▼] key, select the setting "1" to "7".
5.Press the [OK] key to set the setting value.
Completion
6-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Print event log
Print event log
Contents
List of the history of paper jams, self-diagnostics errors and toner container replacement is printed.
Purpose
The machine failure is analyzed by judging the occurrence history of each item.
Method
1.Connects between the main unit and PC (network) via the USB interface connector or network interface
connector.
2.Connects the power cord.
3.Turn the power switch on. Check if it comes to the ready-to-print status.
4.Sends the following Prescribe command from PC to the main unit.
!R!KCFG"ELOG";EXIT;
5.Prints the event log.
Completion
Press the [Stop] key.
Remarks: explaining the set contents (detail of the above procedure 4.).
In the case of connection via the USB interface connector

(1)Save the file describing the Prescribe commands at the above 5.
(2)Sets the shared printer at the sharing tab of the printer properties.
(3)Select the port to connect via USB at [Port] tab.
(Set shared printer name.)
(4)Start up DOS and execute the following command.
copy file name\\computer name\shared printer name
*: Designate the file name saved at (1)
In the case of connection via the network interface connector (using the FTP communication).
(1)Save the file describing the Prescribe commands at the above 4.
(2)Start up DOS and execute the following command.
IP address of ftp printer
*: Both user name and password are left black to proceed.
(3)Next, execute the following command.
put file name
*: *Designate the file name saved at (1)
6-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Detail of event log (1)
Event Log
Printer XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
ECOSYS P5026cdw (2) 2014/10/19 15:15
(1) Firmware version 2RB_2000.000.000 2014.09.19 [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
(3) (4) (5)
(6) Machine No.:Z7T0000000 (7) Life Count:100000
(8) Paper Jam Log (10) Maintenance Log

# Count. Event Descriptions Date and Time # Count. Item Date and Time
16 9999999 4003.01.00.00.00 2014/09/22 10:00 8 9999999 02.01 2014/07/05 10:00
15 8888888 0501.01.00.00.00 2014/09/20 09:22 7 9999999 02.00 2014/07/04 10:00
14 9999999 4201.01.00.00.00 2014/09/11 10:00 6 9999999 02.01 2014/06/26 10:00
13 9999999 4003.01.00.00.00 2014/09/11 10:00 5 9999999 02.02 2014/05/01 10:00
12 9999999 4003.01.00.00.00 2014/09/11 10:00 4 9999999 02.03 2014/04/05 10:00
11 9999999 4003.01.00.00.00 2014/09/03 10:00 3 9999999 02.01 2014/02/21 10:00
10 9999999 4003.01.00.00.00 2014/08/15 10:00 2 9999999 02.00 2013/11/30 10:00
9
8 4003.01.00.00.00
9999999
9999999
4003.01.00.00.00 2014/08/11 10:00
4003.01.00.00.00 2014/07/05 10:00
1 9999999 02.02 2013/11/24 10:00
7 (a)
9999999 (b) (c) (d) 2014/07/04
4003.01.00.00.00 (e) 10:00
6 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2014/06/26 10:00
5 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2014/05/01 10:00
4 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2014/04/05 10:00
3 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2014/02/21 10:00
2 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2013/11/3010:00
1 9999999 4003.00.00.00.00 2013/11/24 10:00
(9) Service Call Log (11) Toner Log

# Count. Service Code Date and Time # Count. Item Serial Number Date and Time
8 9999999 01.00.0100 2014/07/05 10:00 5 9999999 01.00 0123456789ABCDEF 2014/05/01 10:00
7 9999999 02.01.0100 2014/07/04 10:00 4 9999999 01.00 0123456789ABCDEF 2014/04/05 10:00
6 9999999 01.01.0000 2014/06/26 10:00 3 9999999 01.00 0123456789ABCDEF 2014/02/21 10:00
5 9999999 01.00.0000 2014/05/01 10:00 2 9999999 01.00 0123456789ABCDEF 2013/11/30 10:00
4 9999999 01.01.0000 2014/04/05 10:00 1 9999999 01.00 0123456789ABCDEF 2013/11/24 10:00
3 9999999 02.00.0000 2014/02/21 10:00
2 9999999 02.00.0000 2013/11/30 10:00
1 9999999 01.00.0000 2013/11/24 10:00
Figure 6-7
6-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Detail of event log (2)
Event Log
Printer XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
ECOSYS P5026cdw (2) 2014/10/19 15:15
(1) Firmware version 2RB_2000.000.000 2014.09.19 [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX] [XXXXXXXX]
(3) (4) (5)
(6) Machine No.:Z7T0000000 (7) Life Count:100000
(12) Counter Log

(f) J0000 : 1 J0035 : 999
J0001 : 2 J0036 : 999
J0002 : 3 J0037 : 999
J0003 : 4 J0038 : 999
J0004 : 5 J0039 : 999
J0005 : 6 J0040 : 999
J0006 : 7 (g) C0001 : 1
J0007 : 8 C0002 : 2
J0008 : 9 C0003 : 3
J0009 : 10 C0004 : 4
J0010 : 20 C0005 : 5
J0011 : 30 C0006 : 6
J0012 : 40 C0007 : 7
J0013 : 50 C0008 : 8
J0014 : 60 C0009 : 9
J0015 : 70 C0010 : 10
J0016 : 80 C0011 : 11
J0017 : 90 C0012 : 12
J0018 : 100 C0013 : 13
J0019 : 110 C0014 : 14
J0020 : 120 C0015 : 15
J0021 : 130 C0016 : 16
J0022 : 140 C0017 : 17
J0023 : 150 C0018 : 18
J0024 : 160 C0019 : 19
J0025 : 170 C0020 : 20
J0026 : 180 CF245: 21 ( 0)
J0027 : 190 CF248: 22 ( 11)
J0028 : 200 CF345: 222 ( 111)
J0029 : 300 (h) T00 : 10
J0030 : 400 T01 : 20
J0031 : 500 T02 : 30
J0032 : 600 T03 : 40
J0033 : 700 M00 : 50
J0034 : 800 M01 : 60
J0035 : 900 M02 : 70
M03 : 80
M04 : 90
Figure 6-8
6-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Description of event log
No. Items Contents

(1) System version
(2) System date
(3) Engine firmware version
(4) Engine boot version
(5) Operation panel firmware version
(6) Machine serial number
(7) Life counter
(8) Paper Jam # Count. Event
Log The total page count at the Log code ( 5 types in hexa-
Remembers 1 to 16 of
occurrence. time of a paper jam. decimal)
If the past paper jam
occurrence is less than 16, (a) Cause of paper jam
all of them are indicated. (b) Paper source
The oldest log is deleted (c) Paper size
when exceeding 16 (d) Paper type
events. (e) Paper eject
(a)Detail of Cause of paper jam (Hexadecimal)
:Refer to "7-2 Paper Misfeed Detection" (see page ),for the detail of Cause of paper
jam. (see page 7-9)
(b) Detail of paper source (Hexadecimal)
00: MP tray
01: Cassette 1
02: Cassette 2 (paper feeder)
03 to 09: Reserved
(c) Detail of paper size (Hexadecimal)

00: Not specified 0B: B4 22: Special 1
01: Monarch 0C: Ledger 23: Special 2
02: Business 0D: A5R 24: A3 Wide
03: International DL 0E: A6 25: Ledger Wide
04: International C5 0F: B6 26: Full bleed paper
05: Executive 10: Commercial #9 (12 x 8)
06: Letter-R 11: Commercial #6 27: 8K
86: Letter-E 12: ISO B5 28: 16K-R
07: Legal 13: Custom size A8: 16K-E
08: A4R 1E: C4 32: Statement-R
88: A4E 1F: Hagaki B2: Statement-E
09: B5R 20: Oufuku Hagaki 33: Folio
89: B5E 21: Oficio II 34: Youkei type 2
0A: A3 35: Youkei type 4
6-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
No. Items Contents

(8) Paper Jam (d) Detail of paper type (Hexadecimal)
cont. Log
01: Plain 0A: Color 15: Custom 1
02: Transparency 0B: Prepunched 16: Custom 2
03: Preprinted 0C: Envelope 17: Custom 3
04: Labels 0D: Cardstock 18: Custom 4
05: Bond 0E: Coated 19: Custom 5
06: Recycled 0F: 2nd side 1A: Custom 6
07: Vellum 10: Media 16 1B: Custom 7
08: Rough 11: High quality 1C: Custom 8
09: Letterhead
(9) Service # Count. Service Code

Call Log
Remembers 1 to 8 th of The total page count at the Self diagnostic error code
occurrence of self diagnos- time of the self diagnostic (see page 7-35)
tics error. error.
If the occurrence of the Example: 01.6000
previous self-diagnostic Self diagnostic error6000:
error is 8 or less, all of the Self diagnostic error code
diagnostics errors are number
logged.
(10) Mainte- # Count. item
nance Log Remembers 1 to 8 of Total page count at the Maintenance item code (1-
occurrence of unknown time of the replacement of byte value to indicate 2
toner detection. If the the maintenance item. items)
occurrence of the previous
unknown toner detection is First byte (Replacing item)
less than 8, all of the The toner replacement log 01: Toner container
unknown toner detection is triggered by toner empty. Second 1 byte (replace-
are logged. This record may contain ment item type)
such a reference as the 00: Black
toner container is inserted 01: Cyan
twice or a used toner con- 02: Magenta
tainer is inserted. 03: Yellow
First byte (Replacing item)

02: Maintenance kit
Second 1 byte (replace-

ment item type)
01: -
6-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
No. Items Contents

(11) Toner Log # Count. item
Remembers 1 to 32 of The total page count at the Unknown toner log code (1
occurrence of unknown time of the request of toner byte, 2 categories)
toner detection. If the container replacement. First byte (Replacing item)
occurrence of the previous 01: Genuine product
unknown toner detection is 02: Non-genuine product
less than 32, all of the Second byte (Type of
unknown toner detection replacing item)
are logged. 00: Black
01: Cyan
02: Magenta
03: Yellow
Last 16 digits
Displays the serial number
of the toner container.
*: When detecting
nongenuine
toner, no serial
number is displayed.
"0" is displayed if the serial
number is not registered in
the toner container.
6-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(12) Counter (f) Paper jam (g) Self diagnostic error (h) Replacement for main-
Log tenance Item
Consist of Indicates the log counter of Indicates the log counter of Indicates the log counter
three log paper jams depending on self diagnostics errors depending on the mainte-
counters
location. depending on cause. nance replacing item.
of paper Refer to Paper Jam Log.
jams, self Example: C6000: 004 T: Toner container
diagnos-
All instances including Self diagnostic error 6000 00: Black
tics errors, those not having occurred has happened four times. 01: Cyan
and main- are displayed. 02: Magenta
tenance
03: Yellow
replace-
ment M: Maintenance kit
items.
01: -
Example: T00: 1
The toner container
(Black) has been replaced
once.
The toner replacement log

is triggered by toner empty.
This record may contain
such a reference as the
toner container is inserted
twice or a used toner con-
tainer is inserted.
6-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7 Troubleshooting
7-1 Feeding/Conveying Failures
(1) Prior standard check items
No. Contents
(1-1) Paper jam due to the cover-open detection
(1-2) Paper jam due to the wave or curl in the fuser section of the damp paper
(1-3) Paper jam due to the dog-ear, paper skew, paper creases, fusing failure or the paper curl
(1-4) Paper jam caused by the conveying guide, paper entry guide or the feedshift guide
(1-5) Paper jam caused by incorrectly loaded paper in the cassette or the paper deck
(1-6) Paper jam due to the inferior paper
(1-7) Paper jam caused by the conveying rollers or the paper feed pulleys
(1-8) Paper jam due to the sensor
(1-9) Paper jam due to the setting / detection failure
(1-10) Paper jam due to the static electricity
(1-11) Paper jam caused by the installation environment (Papers inside the cassette are always
damp.)
7-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Content of Feeding/Conveying Failures

(1-1)Paper jam due to the cover-open detection
Step Check description Assumed cause Measures Reference
1 Opening and reclosing the The paper conveying unit Open the rear cover of the
paper conveying unit is not aligned to the other main unit and reclose it
exterior covers. securely. Then check if the
rear cover of the main unit is
slightly pulled or closed.
2 Opening and reclosing the The right cover is not Open the right cover and
right cover aligned to the other exte- reclose it securely.
rior covers.
3 Checking the paper The paper fanning is not Fan the paper well and load it How to
enough or the cutting edge by reversing the paper direc- load paper
of loaded paper is dam- tion. Correct or replace
aged. paper if a dog-ear is found.
4 Checking the paper The paper is wavy. Correct or replace paper. If How to
you cannot get user agree- load paper
ment about the paper
replacement, relocate the
leading end of paper and the
trailing end or reload paper
upside down.
5 Checking the paper Unspecified paper is used Ask a user to use the speci- Paper
or foreign objects are on fied paper type. Or, remove specifica-
the paper. the paper with foreign tion
objects.
(1-2)Paper jam due to the wave or curl in the fuser section of the damp paper
1 Checking the paper The paper curls. Reload paper upside down. How to
load paper
2 Checking the paper The paper fanning is not Fan the paper well and load it How to
enough. by reversing the paper direc- load paper
tion
3 Checking the paper The paper is damp. Replace the paper.
7-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-3)Paper jam due to the dog-ear, paper skew, paper creases, fusing failure or the paper
curl
1 Checking the paper path The paper is caught with a When the dog-ear occurs,
and the paper piece of paper, etc. Or the check if a piece of torn paper,
leading edge of the sheet foreign objects or the burrs
is bent. on the part do not exist on the
paper path, and remove
them.
2 Fuser temperature setting The paper curls since the Reload paper upside down
fuser temperature is when the paper curls. Or
improper. replace the paper.
(1-4)Paper jam caused by the conveying guide, paper entry guide or the feedshift guide
1 Checking the paper path The paper is caught with a Remove any paper, foreign
piece of paper, etc. objects on the paper path or
the case there are the burrs
on the parts such as the
guide and actuator.
2 Checking the guide The guide is dirty. If the guide or the separation
needles are dirty with toner or
paper dust, etc., clean them
with a dry cloth or a brush.
3 Checking the guide The guide does not cor- Check the guide, and remove
rectly operate due to the any burrs there are. Also, if
incorrect attachment or a the guide does not operate
fault. smoothly manually, reattach
the guide. replace it if not
repaired after that or if there
is deformation or frictional
wear.
4 Checking the solenoid The solenoid does not Check if the guide can move
operate normally. smoothly manually by the
operation sounds. If the guide
is not operated thoroughly or
smoothly, reattach the guide.
And, replace the solenoid if
not repaired after reattaching
the guide.
7-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-5)Paper jam caused by incorrectly loaded paper in the cassette

1 Relocating the paper width The locations of the paper Relocate the paper width
guides width guides do not fit with guides or the MP paper width
the paper size. guides along the paper size
when the paper skew or the
paper creases occur.
2 Checking the paper The paper fanning is not Fan paper and reload it in the How to
enough. paper source. If a part of the load paper
paper is bent, remove it.
(1-6)Paper jam due to the inferior paper

1 Checking the paper Unspecified papers are Explain to the user to use the Paper
used. paper within the specifica- specifica-
tions. tion
7-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-7)Paper jam caused by the conveying rollers or the paper feed pulleys
1 Cleaning the roller The roller is dirty. Check if the conveying rollers
or the pulleys have no paper
dust, toner, foreign objects,
diameter change or frictional
wear and clean their surface.
If they have a diameter
change or frictional wear,
replace the parts.
2 Checking the clutch The clutch does not oper- Check if the relative motors
ate normally. operate normally. If the clutch
does not operate normally, go
to the next step. (If the motor
operation is faulty, perform
the proper measures depend-
ing on the jam code.)
3 Checking the clutch The clutch is not correctly Check if the connector is
attached, is not correctly securely connected to the
connected, or the foreign clutch, the clutch is correctly
objects adhere on the attached, and there are no
clutch. foreign objects on the clutch.
Then, perform the proper
measures if necessary.
4 Replacing the clutch The clutch is faulty. If the clutch does not operate
normally after reattaching
and reconnecting, or if the
clutch is rusted, replace it.
(Use the individual clutch or
the unit containing the
clutch.)
5 Checking the bushing The bushing is dirty. Clean the roller's shaft or the
bushing when the load is
applied to the rotation of the
conveying rollers due to dirt
on them.
6 Checking the spring The spring comes off. Check if the spring came off,
or if it adequately presses the
roller or the pulley, and reat-
tach it if necessary.
7-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-8)Paper jam due to the sensor

1 Checking the sensor The sensor is faulty. The actuator for the paper
feed sensor is caught. Also, if
it comes off, reattach the
actuator and its release
spring.
2 Checking the sensor The sensor is dirty. When the sensor surface or
photoreceptor black felt is
dirty by paper dust, etc.,
clean them.
3 Checking the sensor The sensor is faulty. Check the sensor operation,
and clean or replace the sen-
sor if it does not operate nor-
mally.
(1-9)Paper jam due to the setting / detection failure

1 Checking the paper lead- The leading edge margin is When there is no margin from Executing
ing edge margin not enough. the paper leading edge to U034
4.0mm(+1.5/-0.0mm), and,
when there is no check line
(fuser jam) on 20mm(+/-
1mm) from the paper leading
edge of the test pattern that is
output in U034,adjust the
leading margin at U402.
2 Relocating the paper width The paper size is misde- Relocate the paper width
guides tected. guides or the MP paper width
guides along the paper size
to correctly detect the paper
size.
3 Checking the settings The media type is not cor- If the media type is not Setting the
rectly set. matched to the actual paper media type
weight (the paper jam occurs
due to the paper separation
failure), set the media type at
[System Menu/Counter] key
> [Common Settings] > "Org./
Paper Set.".
7-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-10)Paper jam due to the static electricity

1 Checking the ground The static electricity accu- When the main unit is
mulates. installed in the low humidity
environment where the static
electricity easily accumulates
on the conveying guide
during the continuous print-
ing, check if the discharge
sheet in the eject section and
the metal guide in the transfer
section are grounded
securely. If necessary, reat-
tach the parts.
(1-11)Paper jam caused by the installation environment since the papers inside the cassette
are always damp.)
1 Checking the paper stor- Papers have been stored Ask users to store paper in a
age place in the improper place. dry place.
7-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Paper jam indication

When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops printing and displays the paper jam message on the oper-
ation panel. To remove paper misfed in the machine, pull out the cassette, open the rear cover 1 or 2.
The locations are displayed on the operation panel when a paper jam has occurred.
Jam location indication
Paper jam
Shows the location of a paper jam.
Cassette 1
[The location of a paper jam]
D
C
A
B
B
Figure 7-1
Paper jam location display Paper jam location Sym-

bol
Paper jam in MP tray A
Paper jam
MP Tray
Paper jam in the cassette 1 to 2 B

Paper jam
Cassette 1 (~2)
Paper jam inside the rear cover C

Paper jam
Rear Cover
Paper jam inside the duplex unit D

Paper jam
Duplex unit
7-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Paper jam detection condition

Main unit + Document processor + Paper feeder (Option)
F
5
E
D
2 4
C
1
A
Figure 7-2
1. Paper sensor
2. MP paper sensor
3. PF paper sensor
4. Registration sensor
5. Eject sensor
List of JAM Code
Code Contents Detection conditions JAM

Position*
0000 Initial jam The power is turned on when a sensor in the con- -
veying system is on.
0100 Secondary feeding timeout Secondary paper feed request given by the con- -
troller is unreachable.
0101 Wait for ready of the print-pro- Before the paper feeding, the reply of Standby- -
cess package Ready from the driving function does not come
for 40 seconds, or before the secondary paper
feeding, the reply of StartReady from the drive
function does not come for 40 seconds.
0104 Wait for ready of conveying Before the paper feeding or the secondary paper -
package feeding starts, the permission notice of the paper
feeding or the secondary paper feeding does not
come for 40 seconds.
7-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Code Contents Detection conditions JAM

Position*
0105 Drive prevention jam A drive does not stop. -
0106 Paper feeding request for Paper feeding request for duplex printing given by -
duplex printing time out the controller is unreachable.
0107 Wait for ready of fuser pack- Fuser package does not become ready. -
age
0110 Right cover open jam The right cover is opened during printing. -
0111 Front cover open jam The front cover is opened during printing. -
0211 Cassette cover 2 open jam The cassette cover 2 is opened during printing. -
0501 No paper feeding jam Registration sensor does not turn on during paper A
feed from cassette 1.
0502 Registration sensor does not turn on during paper B
0508 Registration sensor does not turn on during paper E
feed from duplex section.
0509 Registration sensor does not turn on during paper C
feed from MP tray.
0511 Multiple sheets jam Registration sensor does not turn off during paper D
0512 Registration sensor does not turn off during D
paper feed from cassette 2.
0518 The registration sensor does not turn off during D
paper feed from the duplex section.
0519 Registration sensor does not turn off during paper D
feed from MP tray.
4201 Eject sensor non arrival jam Eject sensor does not turn on during paper feed D
from cassette 1.
4202 Eject sensor does not turn on during paper feed D
from cassette 2.
from duplex section.
from MP tray.
4211 Eject sensor stay jam Eject sensor does not turn off during paper feed F
from cassette 1.
4212 Eject sensor does not turn off during paper feed F
from cassette 2.
from duplex section.
from MP tray.
* Refer to figure 7-2 for the paper JAM indication (see pageP.7-9).
7-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
JAM code contents

J0000: Power ON jam
The power was turned on while the unspecified conveying sensor turns on.

1 Checking the paper path The paper is caught with a Remove any paper or foreign
piece of paper, etc. objects on the paper path and
remove the burrs on the parts
such as the guide or the actu-
ator.
2 Cleaning the sensor The sensor is dirty. Clean the registration sensor
and the eject sensor.
3 Checking the connection The sensor is not correctly Reconnect the registration
connected. sensor and the eject sensor.
4 Replacing the sensor The sensor is faulty. Replace the registration sen-
sor and the eject sensor.
J0100/J0101/J0104/J0105/J0106: Paper jam caused by the firmware factor

The firmware does not correctly activate.

1 Resetting the main power The controller does not Remove a piece of paper
activate normally. from each conveying section
and check the sensors. Then,
turn the power switch and the
main power switch off . After
5s passes, turn the main
power switch and the power
switch on.
2 Firmware upgrade The firmware does not cor- Upgrade the firmware to the Firmware
rectly activate. latest version. upgrade
7-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0107: Fuser temperature stabilization time-out

The fuser temperature does not achieve to the paper feed-able temperature within the specified time.

1 Resetting the main power The controller does not Remove a piece of paper
activate normally. from each conveying section
and check the sensors. Then,
turn the power switch and the
main power switch off. After
5s passes, turn the main
power switch and the power
switch on.
2 Checking the installation The electric power supply Plug the power cord into
environment fluctuates or the electric another wall outlet.
voltage reduces.
3 Checking the settings The actual paper and the Set the proper media type via Setting the
paper settings (media the System Menu. media type
type, paper size) do not
match.
4 Firmware upgrade The firmware does not cor- Upgrade the firmware to the Firmware
rectly activate. latest version. upgrade
5 Checking the fuser unit The fuser heater is faulty. Replace the fuser unit. Replacing
the fuser
unit
J0110/J0111: cover open detection

The cover-open is detected during print.

1 Checking the cover The covers are not fitted. Check if the cover is securely
closed, and reattach it if nec-
essary. Repair or replace it if
deformed.
2 Checking the cover switch The cover switch is not Reconnect the cover switch.
correctly connected.
3 Checking the cover switch The cover switch does not Reattach the cover switch if it
operate normally. is off.
4 Replacing the cover switch The cover switch is faulty. Replace the cover switch.
7-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0211: PF rear cover open detection

The PF rear cover open is detected while printing when paper feeds from cassette 2.

1 Checking the PF rear The PF right cover is not Check if the PF right cover is
cover aligned to the other exte- securely closed, and reat-
rior covers. tach it if necessary. If the PF
right cover is deformed,
repair or replace it.
2 Checking the PF rear The PF rear cover switch Reconnect the PF rear cover
cover switch is not correctly connected. switch.
3 Checking the PF rear The PF rear cover switch Reattach the PF rear cover
cover switch does not operate normally. switch if it is off.
4 Checking the PF rear The PF rear cover switch Replace the PF rear cover
cover switch does not operate normally. switch if it is faulty.
7-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0501/J0502: No paper feed from cassette

Condition: The paper arrives at the registration section
After the paper feed clutch turns on during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the paper leading edge comes out from the
cassette but the next sensor does not turn on.

1 (When the paper skew The locations of the paper Relocate the paper width
occurs) Relocating the width guides do not fit with guides to fit them with the
paper width guides the paper size. paper size.
2 (When the paper skew The actuator does not The actuator or the spring is
occurs) Checking the actu- operate normally. deformed. If the actuator
ator and the spring does not normally operate,
replace it.
3 (When the paper skew The paper is caught with Reattach the conveying
occurs) Checking the con- the conveying guide. guide. Remove the burrs on
veying guide the conveying guide surface
or replace the conveying
guide if there are burrs on it.
4 (When the paper skew The paper is caught with a Remove any paper or foreign
occurs) Checking the piece of paper, etc. objects on the paper path and
paper path remove the burrs on the parts
ator.
5 (When there is a paper The registration sensor Reattach the registration sen-
loop mark) Checking the does not operate normally. sor and reconnect the wire. If
registration sensor not repaired, replace it.
6 Checking the main/engine The wires on the main/ Reconnect the wires on the Replacing
PWB engine PWB are not cor- engine PWB. Then, repair or the main/
rectly connected, or the replace them if pinched by engine
main/engine PWB is faulty. the wire or if they have any PWB
damage. When not repaired,
replace the main/engine
PWB.
7-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Condition: The paper does not arrive at the registration section
After the paper feed clutch turns on during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the paper leading edge comes out from the
cassette but the next sensor does not turn on.

1 Checking the paper feed The conveying function of Clean the surface of paper
roller the paper feed roller is not feed roller. Replace if worn
enough. out.
2 Checking the pressure The press-release lever Reattach the pressure
release lever and the and the retard holder are release lever and the retard
retard holder attached oppositely. holder.
replace it.
5 (When the paper skew The paper is caught with Reattach the paper convey-
occurs) Checking the con- the conveying guide. ing guide. Remove or replace
veying guide the conveying guide if there
are burrs on the conveying
guide surface.
ator.
PWB engine PWB are not cor- engine PWB. Then, repair or the main/
rectly connected, or the replace them if pinched by engine
damage. When not repaired,
PWB.
7-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Condition: The paper does not arrive at the paper feed roller.
After the paper feed clutch turns on during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the paper leading edge does not come out from
the cassette, or the next sensor does not turn on.

1 Relocating the paper width The locations of the paper Relocate the paper width
guides width guides do not fit with guides to fit them with the
the paper size. paper size.
2 Checking the pressure The conveying function of Reattach the spring for the
spring for the pickup roller the pickup roller is not pickup roller if it comes off. If
enough. deformed, replace it.
3 Checking the pickup roller The conveying function of Clean the pickup roller sur-
the pickup roller is not face. If worn down, replace it
enough.
4 Checking the retard guide The retard guide is hooked Remove the retard guide.
with the other part, so the Then, reattach it while the
load increases. cassette is inserted into the
main unit. Or, replace the
retard guide.
5 Checking the paper feed The paper feed roller does Reattach the paper feed shaft
shaft and the pin not rotate because the and the pin. Then, replace
shaft or the pin for the them if deformed.
paper feed roller are not
correctly attached.
6 Checking the paper feed The paper feed clutch is Reattach the paper feed
clutch not connected, so the clutch and reconnect the
paper feed roller does not wire. Then, replace them if
rotate. not repaired.
7 Checking the gear The drive from the paper Replace the parts if there is a
feed motor is not transmit- fault such as deformation in
ted. the gear, etc. inside the drive
unit.
7-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Condition: The paper stops at the paper feed roller.
After the paper feed clutch turns on during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the next sensor does not turn on since the
paper stops at the paper feed roller.

ator.
2 Checking the paper feed The conveying function of Clean the surface of paper
roller the paper feed roller is not feed roller. Replace if worn
enough. out.
3 Checking the pressure The press-release lever Reattach the pressure
release lever and the and the retard holder are release lever and the retard
retard holder attached oppositely. holder.
4 Checking the clutch The clutches do not Reattach the paper feed
engage so the paper feed clutch and reconnect the
roller does not rotate. wire. If not repaired, replace
it. (Cassette 1: paper feed
clutch, Cassette 2: paper
feed clutch)

Advance checkpoints at no paper feed from the cassette
After the paper feed clutch turns on during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the next sensor does not turn on after passing
the certain time.

1 Checking the paper The cut-end of the paper is Fan the paper well and load it How to
crushed. by reversing the paper direc- load paper
tion
2 Checking the paper The paper leading edge is Remove the bent paper.
bent.
3 Checking the paper The paper is curled down- Correct the paper, or replace How to
ward or wavy. it. If it is difficult to replace the load paper
paper, relocate the leading
end of the paper and the tail-
ing end or reload paper
upside down.
tions. tion
5 Checking the paper foreign objects are on the Remove the paper with for-
paper. eign objects.
7-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0508: No paper feed from the duplex section

The registration sensor is not turned on after turning on the eject/duplex clutch (The paper switchbacks).

1 Performing the prior stan- There is a mechanical Perform the prior standard
dard check items cause such as the dirty check items.
guide, etc.
ator.
3 Checking the paper The paper curls or is wavy. Replace the paper if it is
damp.
4 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor does not Reattach the eject sensor
operate normally. and reconnect the wire. If not
repaired, replace it.
5 Checking the eject/duplex The eject/duplex clutch Reattach the eject/duplex
clutch does not operate normally. sensor and reconnect the
wire. If not repaired, replace
it.
6 Checking the conveying The drive from the convey- Reattach the paper convey-
motor ing motor is not transmitted ing unit.
to the duplex roller.
PWB engine PWB are not cor- main/engine PWB. Then, the main/
rectly connected, or the repair or replace them if engine
main/engine PWB is faulty. pinched by the wire or if they PWB
have any damage.If not
repaired, replace the main/
engine PWB.
7-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0509: No paper feed from the MP tray

Registration sensor (RS) does not turn on during paper feed from MP tray.

1 Checking the MP bottom The MP bottom plate is not When the MP bottom plate
plate correctly attached. does not lift up, reattach it.
2 Checking the MP paper The MP paper feed sole- When the MP bottom plate
feed solenoid noid does not operate nor- does not lift up, reattach MP
mally. paper feed solenoid and
reconnect. If not repaired,
replace it.
tion
bent.
5 Checking the paper The paper is curled down- Correct the paper, or replace How to
ward or wavy. it. If it is difficult to replace the load paper
end of paper and the tailing
end or reload paper upside
down.
tions. tion
ator.
9 Checking the MP paper The paper conveying per- Clean the surface of MP
feed roller formance of the MP feed paper feed roller. Replace if
roller is not enough. worn out.
10 Checking the actuator and The actuator does not The actuator or the spring is
the spring operate normally. deformed. If the actuator
does not normally operate,
replace it.
11 Checking the registration The registration sensor Reattach the registration sen-
sensor does not operate normally. sor and reconnect the wire. If
not repaired, replace it.
12 Replacing the main/engine The main/engine PWB is Replace the main/engine Replacing
PWB faulty. PWB. the main/
engine
PWB
7-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0511: Multi-feeding from cassette 1

The registration sensor does not turn off.

tion
bent.
4 Checking the paper The paper is damp. Replace the paper. Or install
the cassette heater.
5 Checking the retard roller The paper fanning by the Clean the surface of retard
retard roller is not enough. roller. Replace if worn out.
6 Checking the retard pres- The retard pressure spring Reattach the retard pressure
sure spring comes off. spring.
7 (When there is a paper The registration clutch Reattach the registration
loop mark) Checking the does not engage and so clutch and reinsert the con-
registration clutch the registration roller does nector into it. Check if oper-
not rotate. ate or not. If it does not
operate normally, replace it.
PWB engine PWB are not cor- main/engine PWB. Then the main/
main/engine PWB is faulty. pinched by the other part or if PWB
they have any damage.If not
corrected, replace the engine
PWB.
7-20
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0512: Multi-feeding from cassette 1

The PF paper feed sensor does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 2.

1 Checking the paper The cut-end of the paper is Fan the paper well and load it
crushed. by reversing the paper direc-
tion
bent.
4 Checking the retard roller The paper fanning by the Clean the surface of retard
retard roller is not enough. roller. Replace if worn out.
5 Checking the retard pres- The retard pressure spring Reattach the retard pressure
sure spring comes off. spring.
6 Checking the installation The grounding between Check the continuity between
the main unit and the the main unit and the paper
paper feeder is unavail- feeder and reconnect the
able. drawer connector.
7 Checking the PF paper The PF paper feed clutch Reattach the PF paper feed
feed clutch does not operate normally. clutch and reconnect the
it.
8 Checking the connection The wire is not correctly Reconnect the wire between PWB cir-
connected. the feed drive PWB and the cuit dia-
engine PWB. gram
9 Checking the engine PWB The wires on the engine Reconnect the wire of the Replacing
PWB are not correctly con- engine PWB. Then, repair or the engine
nected, or the engine PWB replace them if pinched by PWB
is faulty. the wire or if they have any
damage.If not repaired,
replace the engine PWB.
engine PWB.
7-21
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0518: Multi-feeding from the duplex section

The registration sensor does not turn off during paper feed from the duplex section.

tion
bent.
4 Checking the paper The paper is wavy or curls Correct the paper, or replace How to
due to the moisture. it. If it is difficult to replace, load paper
relocate the leading end of
paper and the tailing end or
reload paper upside down.
5 (When the paper is at the The registration clutch Reattach the registration
registration section and the does not engage and so clutch, check if operate or not
paper loop mark is on the the registration roller does after reinsert the connector
paper) Checking the regis- not rotate. into it. If it does not operate
tration clutch normally, replace it.
6 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor does not Reattach the eject sensor
operate normally. and reconnect the wire. If not
7 Checking the eject/duplex The eject/duplex clutch Reattach the eject/duplex
clutch does not operate normally. clutch and reconnect the
it.
8 Checking the conveying The drive from the convey- Reattach the conveying
motor ing motor is not transmitted motor and the drive transmit-
to the duplex roller. ting parts.
rectly connected or the repair or replace them if engine
main PWB is faulty. pinched by the wire or if they PWB
have any damage. If not
repaired, replace the main
PWB.
7-22
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J0519: Multi-feeding from the MP tray

Registration sensor (RS) does not turn off during paper feed from MP tray.

tion
bent.
4 Checking the paper The paper curls or is wavy. Correct the paper, or replace
it. If it is difficult to replace the
down.
5 Checking the paper feed The paper fanning by the Clean the paper feed roller
roller and the separation separation pad is not and the separation pad. Or
pad enough. replace them.
6 Checking the actuator and The actuator does not The actuator or the spring is
the spring operate normally. deformed. If the actuator
does not normally operate,
replace it.
7 Checking the registration The registration sensor Reattach the registration sen-
sensor does not operate normally. sor and reconnect the wire. If
not repaired, replace it.
8 Checking the MP paper The MP paper feed sole- Reattach the MP paper feed
feed solenoid noid turns on normally. solenoid and reconnect the
it.
engine PWB.
7-23
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J4201/J4202/J4208/J4209: DF eject paper sensor non-arrival JAM

Condition: Paper jam in the fuser unit (The paper leading margin is less than 4.0mm.)
The paper is rolled up around the fuser roller and the eject sensor does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1-2,
the duplex section or the MP tray.

1 Adjusting the paper lead- The margin at the paper If each margin is not uneven, Executing
ing edge timing leading edge is incorrect. adjust the leading margin in U034
U034.
ator.
4 (When the paper skew The conveying function of Clean the surface of paper
occurs) Checking the the paper feed roller is not feed roller. Replace if worn
paper feed roller enough. out.
replace it.
guide surface.
7 (When the paper skew The paper conveying force Clean the registration roller.
occurs) Checking the con- of the conveying rollers is Replace if the surface is worn
veying rollers insufficient. out.
bent.
9 Checking the paper The paper is wavy. Correct the paper, or replace How to
it. If it is difficult to replace the load paper
down.
10 Checking the paper Unspecified papers are Explain to the user to use the
used. paper within the specifica-
tions.
12 Checking the fuser heat The foreign objects adhere Clean the fuser heat roller Replacing
roller and the press roller to the fuser heat roller and and the press roller Or the fuser
the press roller. replace the fuser unit. unit
7-24
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

13 Checking the fuser separa- Foreign objects such as Replace the fuser unit. Replacing
tion plate toner are on the fuser sep- the fuser
aration plate. Or, the fuser unit
separation plate is
deformed or improperly
attached.
14 Cleaning the machine The machine inside is con- Clean the machine inside.
inside taminated with toner.
15 Checking the paper The paper curls. Replace with long grain
paper.
16 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor does not Check the fuser sensor oper-
operate normally. ation, and replace the fuser
unit if it does not operate nor-
mally.
17 Checking the feedshift The feedshift solenoid Check the operation of feed-
solenoid does not operate normally. shift guide. If not operated
correctly, reattach feedshift
solenoid and reconnect the
it.
18 Checking the conveying The conveying motor does Check the operation of the
motor not operate normally. conveying motor. If it does
not operate correctly, reat-
tach the conveying motor and
reconnect the wire. If not
19 Checking the connection The drawer connector is Reconnect the drawer con-
not correctly connected. nector between the fuser unit
and the feed image PWB.
engine PWB.
7-25
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J4201/J4202/J4208/J4209: DF eject paper sensor non-arrival JAM

Condition: Paper jam in the fuser unit (The paper leading margin is more than 4.0mm.)
The paper is rolled up around the fuser roller and the eject sensor does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1-2,

1 Checking the press roller The foreign objects are on Clean the press roller and the Replacing
and the fuser belt the press roller or the fuser fuser belt. Or replace the the fuser
belt. fuser unit. unit
separation plate is
attached.
paper.
5 (When using the thin Thin paper of 55g or less is Change the paper type of the
paper) Checking the image used and the solid image cassette to use in the System
of 30mm and more Menu into [Custom7] and
appears at the leading change the paper weight of
edge. "Custom7" into [Light]. Cus-
tom7 setting for the thin
paper use: This is the mode
applicable to the fuser sepa-
ration failure by reducing the
paper conveying speed and
lowering the fuser tempera-
ture. (After changing this set-
ting, "Adjusting" is displayed
till the fuser temperature is
lowered.)
6 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor does not Check the eject sensor oper-
operate normally. ation, if it does not operate
normally, replace the fuser
unit.
7 Checking the feedshift The feedshift solenoid Check the operation of the
solenoid does not operate normally. feedshift guide.If it does not
operate normally, reattach
the feedshift solenoid and
7-26
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

motor not operate normally. conveying motor. If it does
not operate correctly, reat-
tach the conveying motor and
9 Checking the connection The connector is not cor- Reconnect the connector
rectly connected. between the fuser unit and
the engine PWB.
rectly connected, or the repair or replace if pinched by engine
damage.If not corrected,
replace the engine PWB.
7-27
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
J4201/J4202/J4208/J4209: Eject paper sensor non-arrival JAM

Condition: Paper jam before the fuser unit
The paper jam occurs before the fuser rollers and the eject sensor does not turn on during paper feed from cassette 1-2,

ator.
replace it.
guide surface.
bent.
it. Correct or replace paper. If load paper
it is difficult to replace the
down.
tions. tion
10 Checking the paper The paper curls. Replace the paper if it is
damp.(Replace with long
grain paper.)
11 Checking the settings The actual paper and the Set the proper media type via Setting the
paper settings (media the System Menu. media type
type, paper size) do not
match.
7-28
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

unit.
solenoid does not operate normally. feedshift guide. If it does not
operate correctly, reattach
reconnect the wire.If not
motor not operate normally. conveying guide. If it does not
the conveying motor and
reconnect the wire.If not
15 Checking the main/engine The wires on the main/ Reconnect the wire on the Replacing
engine PWB.
J4211/J4212/J4218/J4219: Eject paper sensor stay JAM

Condition: Paper jam in the eject unit
The paper jam occurs in the eject section and the eject sensor does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1-2, the
duplex section or the MP tray.

1 Checking the paper tray There is an obstacle on the Remove an obstacle.
tray.
2 Checking the paper tray The paper stopper is not Store the paper stopper.
stored on the tray.
ator.
replace it.
7-29
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

occurs) Checking the con- the conveying guide. ing guide.Remove or replace
guide surface.
7 Checking the eject guide Foreign objects such as Clean the eject guide. Or Replacing
toner are on the eject replace the eject unit. the eject
guide. unit
8 Checking the eject roller The eject roller does not Replace the eject unit if the Replacing
rotate. drive gear is deformed, the the eject
torque limiter is faulty, or the unit
bushing is worn down.
9 Checking the conveying The conveying motor is Reattach the conveying
motor correctly attached and is motor and reconnect the
not connected. Or it is wire. Check the motor opera-
faulty. tion. If not repaired, replace it.
unit.
11 Checking the actuator The actuator is not cor- Reattach the actuator for the
rectly attached. (The link eject sensor.
and location of the actuator
are mistakenly inter-
changed.)
12 (When the sensor does not The fuser unit or the eject Check the installation of the Detaching
turn on while the paper unit is not correctly fuser unit and the eject unit and reat-
stays in) Checking the installed. and reinstall them if neces- taching the
fuser unit and the eject unit sary. fuser unit
and the
eject unit
13 Checking the feedshift The feedshift solenoid Reattach the feedshift sole-
solenoid does not operate normally. noid and reconnect it.Then,
check the operation of the
solenoid, if not repaired and
replace it.
rectly connected, or the repair or replace if pinched by engine
damage.If not corrected,
PWB.
7-30
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Condition: Paper jam in the fuser unit (The paper leading margin is less than 4.0mm.)
The paper jam occurs inside the fuser unit and the fuser sensor does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1-2,

1 Adjusting the paper lead- The margin at the paper If each margin is not uneven, Executing
ing edge timing leading edge is incorrect. adjust the leading margin in U034
U034.
ator.
replace it.
guide surface.
7 (When the paper skew The paper conveying force Clean the registration roller.
occurs) Checking the con- of the conveying rollers is Replace if the surface is worn
veying rollers insufficient. out.
bent.
it. Correct or replace paper. If load paper
it is difficult to replace the
down.
tions. tion
7-31
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

12 Checking the fuser heat The foreign objects are on Clean the fuser heat roller Replacing
roller or the press roller the fuser roller or the press and the press roller. Or the fuser
roller. replace the fuser unit. unit
separation plate is
attached.
paper.
unit.
solenoid does not operate normally. feedshift guide.If it does not
motor not operate normally. conveying guide.If it does not
the conveying motor, recon-
nect the wire. If not repaired,
replace it.
engine PWB.
7-32
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Condition: Paper jam in the fuser unit (The paper leading margin is 4.0mm or more.)
The paper jam occurs inside the fuser unit and the eject sensor does not turn off during paper feed from cassette 1-2,

1 Checking the fuser heat The foreign objects are on Clean the fuser heat roller Replacing
roller or the press roller the fuser roller or the press and the press roller. Or the fuser
roller. replace the fuser unit. unit
separation plate is
attached.
paper.
5 (When using the thin Thin paper of 55g or less is Change the paper type of the
paper) Checking the image used and the solid image cassette to use in the System
of 30mm and more Menu into [Custom7] and
appears at the leading change the paper weight of
edge. "Custom7" into [Light]. Cus-
tom7 setting for the thin
paper use: This is the mode
applicable to the fuser sepa-
ration failure by reducing the
paper conveying speed and
lowering the fuser tempera-
ture. (After changing this set-
ting, "Adjusting" is displayed
till the fuser temperature is
lowered.)
6 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor is not cor- Check the eject sensor oper-
rectly attached or the wire ation, if it does not operate
is not correctly connected, normally, replace the fuser
or the wire is faulty. unit.
7 Checking the eject sensor The eject sensor does not Check the eject sensor oper- Replacing
operate normally. ation, if it does not operate the fuser
normally, replace the fuser unit
unit.
8 Checking the feedshift The feedshift solenoid is Reattach the feedshift sole-
solenoid not correctly attached, the noid and reconnect it.Then,
wire is not correctly con- check the operation of the
nected, or the feedshift solenoid and if not repaired,
solenoid is faulty. replace it.
7-33
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

solenoid does not operate normally. feedshift guide. If it does not
motor not operate normally. conveying guide. Reattach
the ID sensor and reconnect
the wire.If not repaired,
replace it.
11 Checking the connection The connector is not cor- Reconnect the connector
rectly connected. between the fuser unit and
the engine PWB.
PWB engine PWB are not cor- main/engine PWB. Or then, the main/
engine PWB.
7-34
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7-2 Self diagnostic

(1) Self diagnostic function
This machine is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, the machine stops
operating and displays an error message on the operation panel. An error message consists of a message
prompting a contact to service personnel and a four-digit error code indicating the type of error.
(2) Self diagnostic codes

If the part causing the problem was not supplied, use the unit including the part for replacement.
*: * Before attempting to check the fuser unit and the low voltage power supply PWB, be sure to turn the
power switch off and unplug the machine from power. (Allow at least 5 s before starting to conduct ser-
vice until the capacitors on the circuit boards have been completely discharged.)
Indica- Contents Related parts Check procedures/corrective measures

tion
0100 Backup memory device Flash 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
error memory wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
(Main/Engine and then turn on the power switch.
Outputs an abnormal sta- PWB) 2. Check that the connectors on the main/engine
tus from the flash memory. PWB are properly connected, and if not, re-con-
nect them.
3. Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-86)
0120 MAC address data error Flash mem- 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
ory wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
In case MAC address is (Main/Engine and then turn on the power switch.
invalid data PWB) 2. Check the MAC address on the network status
page.
3. If it is blank, obtain an EEPROM with its MAC
address written by the service support and install
it.
(see page 4-86)
0130 Backup memory Flash mem- 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
Read/write error (Main/ ory wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
Engine PWB) (Main/Engine and then turn on the power switch.
PWB) 2. Check that the connectors on the main/engine
Read/write to the NAND PWB are properly connected, and if not, re-con-
memory cannot be exe- nect them.
cuted. 3. Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-86)
7-35
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
0140 Backup memory data Flash mem- 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
error (Main/Engine PWB) ory wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
(Main/Engine and then turn on the power switch.
At power up, the data that PWB) 2. Replace the main/engine PWB.
was read from the NAND (see page 4-86)
memory has been deter-
mined to be a error.
0150 EEPROM read/ EEPROM 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
write error (Main/Engine wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
(Main/Engine PWB) PWB) and then turn on the power switch.
2. Check that the EEPROM is properly installed on
No response is issued the main/ engine PWB and if not, reinstall it.
from the device in reading/ 3. Replace the main/engine PWB.
writing for 5 ms or more (see page 4-86)
and this problem is 4. Check the EEPROM and if it is damaged, con-
repeated 5 times succes- tact the service support.
sively.
Mismatch of reading data

from two locations occurs
8 times successively.
Mismatch between writing

data and reading data
occurs 8 times succes-
sively.
0160 EEPROM data error EEPROM 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
(Main/Engine PWB) (Main/Engine wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
PWB) and then turn on the power switch.
Reading data from 2. If the EEPROM data is corrupted, contact the
EEPROM is detected service support.
abnormal.
0170 Billing counting error EEPROM 1. Check that the EEPROM installed in the main/
(Main/Engine engine PWB is correct and, if not, install the cor-
Mismatch between the PWB) rect EEPROM for the model.
value of the main/engine 2. Replace the main/engine PWB.
PWB and EEPROM, in (see page 4-86)
one of the value of billing 3. If the EEPROM data is corrupted, contact the
counter, life counter, or service support.
scanner counter.
0190 Backup memory device EEPROM 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
error (engine) (Main/Engine wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
Unable to read out data PWB) and then turn on the power switch.
from the IC on the main 2. Check that the connectors on the main/engine
unit PWB. PWB are properly connected, and if not, re-con-
Read out data from the IC nect them.
on the main unit PWB. (3 3. Contact service headquarters to get an
retrials) EEPROM to install.
7-36
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
0800 Image formation prob- Main/Engine 1. Check if the problem is a printing operation error
lems PWB detection in a particular file, and if it is possible to
obtain the reproduction of the phenomena by the
The printing sequence identification of the job that detected the error,
JAM (J010X) is detected and take the job log.
for 2 consecutive times. 2. If the problem occurs in an unspecified job,
check the connectors on the main/engine PWB,
and reattach it.
(see page 4-86)
0840 Faults of RTC Settings of Execute Date Setting using the system menu.
RTC
[Check at powerup] Backup bat- 1. Check if the backup battery on the main/engine
tery PWB is not short-circuited.
The RTC setting has
(Main/Engine 2. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
reverted to a previous
PWB) wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
state. Or, the machine has and then turn on the power switch. Then plug in
not been turned on for 5 the power cord and then turn on the power
years (regularly compared
switch. If the same service call error is displayed,
with a set value stored in replace the backup battery.
the EEPROM).
The RTC setting is older Main/Engine 1. If the communication error (due to a noise, etc.)
than 00:01 on January 1, PWB is present with the RTC on the main/engine
2000. PWB, check that the PWB is properly grounded
or secured by screws.
[Checked periodically (at (see page 4-86)
every 5 minutes) after
powerup.]
The RTC setting has

reverted to a state older
than the last time it was
checked.
10 minutes have been

passed since the previous
check.
7-37
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
0970 24V power down detect Low voltage 1. Check that the interlock switch (ILSW) is turned
power supply on properly by the rear cover closing.
PWB 2. Check if there is a defective connection in the
connector of the low voltage power supply PWB,
and then check the 24V output from the main/
engine PWB (YC1-7,8).
3. Replace the low voltage power supply PWB.
(see page 4-99)
Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
and then turn on the power switch.
2. Check that the connectors on the main/engine
PWB are properly connected, and if not, re-con-
nect them.
(see page 4-86)
1810 Paper feeder Paper feeder Check the wiring connection status with the main
Communication error unit, and if necessary, reconnect it.
PF main 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
No PF connection is PWB nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
detected after PF connec-
all the way in.
tion is detected at power- DP main PWB - Main/Engine PWB (YC47)
up PF detection. 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
has a ground fault, replace the wire.
3. Replace the PF main PWB.
(see page 4-125)
Main/Engine 1. Check the engine firmware and upgrade to the
PWB latest version if necessary.
(see page 4-86)
2200 Main motor Drum Check that the drum can be rotated by hand, and if it
steady-state error unit BK is locked, replace the drum unit BK.
Defective 1. Reconnect the connector if its connection is
After the motor is stabi- connector loose.
lized, the ready signal is cable or poor 2. Check the continuity within the connector wire. If
turned OFF for continuous
contact in the none, replace the wire.
1 s. connector Main motor - Main/Engine PWB (YC11)
Main 1. Check if the couplings and gears rotate
motor drive smoothly, and if not, clean or grease the gears.
transmission 2. Check for broken couplings and gears, and
system replace if any are found.
Main Replace the main motor.
motor (see page 4-45)
Main/Engine Replace the main/engine PWB.
PWB (see page 4-86)
7-38
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
2500 Paper feed motor error Defective 1. Reconnect the connector if its connection is
connector loose.
After the motor starting, cable or poor 2. Check the continuity within the connector wire. If
the ready signal is not contact in the none, replace the wire.
turned ON for continuous 2 connector Paper feed motor - container relay PWB (YC11)
s.
Drive trans- 1. Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If
mission sys- not, clean or grease the bushes and gears.
In case the Ready signal tem for the 2. Check for broken gears and replace if any are
does not turn ON 1s in
paper feed found.
succession after the motor motor
is in the steady-state.
Paper feed Replace the paper feed motor.
motor (see page 4-70)
PWB (see page 4-86)
4000 Polygon motor Polygon 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
startup error motor nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
all the way in.
After the polygon motor Polygon motor
starts, the motor stable sig- - Main/Engine PWB(YC20)
nal is not turned ON after 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
30 s. has a ground fault, replace the wire.
3. Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
(see page 4-86)
4010 Polygon motor Polygon 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
steady-state error motor nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
all the way in.
After the polygon motor Polygon motor - Main/Engine PWB (YC20)
stabilization, the motor sta- 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
ble signal is turned OFF for has a ground fault, replace the wire.
consecutive 1 s or more. 3. Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
(see page 4-86)
4101 BD initialization error(K) Laser 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
scanner nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
In case the BD signal is not unit all the way in.
detected for 1s after start- (LSU) LSU - Main/Engine PWB (YC21)
ing the polygon motor 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
drive. has a ground fault, replace the wire.
Main/Engine 1. Check the controller firmware and engine firm-
PWB ware, and upgrade to the latest version.
(see page 4-86)
7-39
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
4102 BD initialization error(C) Laser 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
detected for 1s after start- (LSU) LSU - Main/Engine PWB(YC21)If the wiring is
ing the polygon motor disconnected, short-circuited or has a ground
drive. fault, replace the wire.
(see page 4-86)
4103 BD initialization error(M) Laser 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
(see page 4-86)
4104 BD initialization error(Y) Laser 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
(see page 4-86)
4600 LSU cleaning motor Cleaning wire 1. Execute [LSU cleaning] using [Adjustment/Main-
error tenance] of the system menu.
2. Check that the drive gear and cleaning spiral can
Over-current is detected rotate and they are not unusually loaded, and if
for 5s during the LSU necessary, clean and grease.
cleaning motor drive. Cleaning 1. Confirm that the cleaning motor has been firmly
motor attached.
Main/Engine 1. Reconnect the connector if its connection is
PWB loose.
2. If a wire is pinched by another component, or has
defective conduction, replace it.
Cleaning motor
- container relay PWB (YC13)
(see page 4-86)
7-40
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
4700 VIDEO_ASIC device Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
error PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
Communication with the 2. Check that the connectors on the main/engine
video ASIC has failed 5 PWB are properly connected, and if not, re-con-
times successively. nect them.
After writing to the VIDEO (see page 4-86)
ASIC, the error that the
reading value from the High voltage 1. Check if the main charger roller contact on the
same address does not PWB high voltage PWB is deformed or dirty.
match occurs 8 times suc-
2. Replace the high voltage PWB.
cessively. (see page 4-92)

PWB (see page 4-86)
6000 Broken fuser heater wire Fuser unit 1. Make sure there is no paper jam.
2. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
During warm up, the tem- nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
perature detected by the all the way in.
thermistor does not reach Fuser unit - Main/Engine PWB(YC23)
100 °C/212.0 °F for 20 s. 3. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
During warm up, the tem- 4. If the fuser heater is not turned on (broken ther-
perature detected by the mostat wire), replace the fuser unit. (see page 4-
thermistor does not reach 27)
the stable display tempera- Low voltage 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
ture for 40 s, after it power supply nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
reaches 100 °C/212.0 °F.
PWB all the way in.
Low voltage power supply PWB - Maine/Engine
PWB(YC1)Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-99)
(see page 4-86)
7-41
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
6020 Fuser thermistor Fuser unit 1. Make sure there is no paper jam.
High temperature error 2. Check if the fuser roller has foreign objects such
as the toner contamination.
The temperature detected 3. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
by the thermistor (edge) nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
exceeded 220 °C/428.0 °F all the way in.
for 1s in succession. Fuser unit - Main/Engine PWB(YC23)
4. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
5. Replace the fuser unit.
(see page 4-27)
Low voltage 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
power supply nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
PWB all the way in.
Low voltage power supply PWB - Maine/Engine
PWB(YC23)If the fuser heater is turned on at all
times, replace the low voltage power supply
PWB.
(see page 4-99)
2. Check if the main/engine PWB is properly
secured with screws.
(see page 4-86)
6030 Fuser thermistor wire Fuser unit 1. Make sure there is no paper jam.
break 2. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
The average AD value all the way in.
from ten values at every Fuser unit - Main/Engine PWB(YC23)
2ms while deducting the 3. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
maximum and minimum has a ground fault, replace the wire.
values is monitored at 4. Replace the fuser unit.
every 100ms and it is (see page 4-27)
detected at the wire break Main/Engine 1. Check the engine firmware and upgrade to the
level (1020 or more). PWB latest version if necessary.
(see page 4-86)
7-42
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
6000 Broken fuser heater wire Connector pin If the interface connector pins of the fuser unit and
6020 Abnormally high fuser cen- the main unit are deformed owing to foreign objects,
6030 ter thermistor temperature replace the connectors or the units including the con-
Com- Broken fuser center therm- nectors.
mon istor wire Triac Disconnect the power cord and check if the conduc-
Abnormally high fuser TR431/ for tion (A1 - A2) of the triac TR431 shows the mega
edge thermistor tempera- main heater ohm level resistance and there is no short-circuit.
ture control If there is a short-circuit, replace the low voltage
Broken fuser edge therm- power supply PWB. (see page 4-99)
istor wire
Low voltage power supply PWB
A1
A2
TR431
Black
White
Figure 7-1
7-43
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
6050 Fuser thermistor Reduction of 1. Check that no voltage drop of more than 10% of
Low temperature error the power the rated is caused during printing.
supply volt- 2. If the power is overloaded, change the AC outlet
In case the temperature age that supplies power.
detected by the fuser Fuser unit 1. Make sure there is no paper jam.
thermistor (edge) contin- 2. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
ues 80 °C/176.0 °F or less nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
for 1 second during ready all the way in.
or printing. Fuser unit - Main/Engine PWB(YC23)
4. If the fuser heater is not turned on (broken ther-
mostat wire), replace the fuser unit.
(see page 4-27)
Low voltage 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
PWB all the way in.
Low voltage power supply PWB - Main/Engine
PWB(YC1)
2. Replace the low voltage power supply PWB.
(see page 4-99)
(see page 4-86)
6400 Zero-cross signal error Low voltage 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
During the fuser heater on, PWB all the way in.
the zero-cross signal is not Low voltage power supply PWB - Maine/Engine
input for 1 s successively. PWB(YC1)Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-99)
(see page 4-86)
7-44
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
6610 The fuser pressure Fuser unit 1. Make sure there is no paper jam.
release error 2. Check if the fuser pressure can be reduced by
inverse rotation of the fuser gear by hand.
The fuser release sensor 3. Check if the envelope sensor light is blocked out
does not turn on or off, by the actuator during depressurization opera-
after 10 s from starting tion.
pressurization or depres- 4. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
surization operation. nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
all the way in.
Fuser pressure release sensor
6. Replace the fuser unit.
(see page 4-27)
(see page 4-86)
7-45
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7101 Toner sensor error Toner 1. Check that the toner container is properly
(Black) container installed, and if necessary, re-install.
2. Check that the toner supply inlet of the toner con-
For a certain period of tainer can be opened by the lever operation.
time, the sensor output 3. Replace the toner container.
value is less than 0.1V, or
Toner 1. Confirm that the connector of the developer unit
more than 3.2V. Sensor is firmly connected, and if necessary, push the
unit all the way in.
Toner sensor - Unit relay PWB
Unit relay PWB - Main/Engine PWB(YC7)
2. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
replace the wire.
3. Check if the gears and spirals in the developer
unit rotate smoothly.
4. Replace the developer unit.
(see page 4-21)
Toner 1. Check that the toner solenoid is properly
Solenoid attached.
2. Check if the couplings and gears can rotate or if
they are not unusually loaded, and if necessary,
replace.
all the way in.
Toner solenoid
replace the wire.
5. Change the toner solenoid.
Unit relay Replace the unit relay PWB.

PWB (see page 4-112)
(see page 4-86)
7-46
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
(Cyan) container installed, and if necessary, re-install.
replace the wire.
(see page 4-21)
Solenoid attached.
replace.
all the way in.
Toner solenoid
replace the wire.

(see page 4-86)
7-47
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
(Magenta) container installed, and if necessary, re-install.
replace the wire.
(see page 4-21)
Solenoid attached.
replace.
all the way in.
Toner solenoid
replace the wire.

(see page 4-86)
7-48
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7104 Toner sensor error (Yel- Toner 1. Check that the toner container is properly
low) container installed, and if necessary, re-install.
replace the wire.
(see page 4-21)
Solenoid attached.
replace.
all the way in.
Toner solenoid
replace the wire.

(see page 4-86)
7-49
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7200 Broken inner thermistor Developer 1. Confirm that the connector of the developer unit
wire (Developer) unit BK BK is firmly connected, and if necessary, push
the unit all the way in.
The sensor input sampling Toner sensor BK
value is greater than the - Unit relay PWB (YC9)
reference value. Unit relay PWB - Main/Engine PWB(YC7)
(After detection, controlled 2. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
at 25 °C/77.0 °F) a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
replace the wire.
3. Replace the developer unit BK.
(see page 4-21)
(see page 4-86)
7210 Short-circuited inner Developer 1. Confirm that the connector of the developer unit
thermistor (Developer) unit BK BK is firmly connected, and if necessary, push
the unit all the way in.
The sensor input sampling Toner sensor BK - Unit relay PWB (YC9)
value is less than the refer- Unit relay PWB - Main/Engine PWB(YC7)
ence value. 2. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
(After detection, controlled a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
at 25 °C/77.0 °F) replace the wire.
3. Replace the developer unit BK.
(see page 4-21)
(see page 4-86)
7221 Broken inner thermistor Laser scan- 1. Confirm that the wiring connector of the LSU is
wire (LSU) ner unit (LSU) firmly connected, and if necessary, connect the
connector all the way in.
The sensor input sampling LSU - Main/Engine PWB (YC21)
value is greater than the 2. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
reference value. a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
(After detection, controlled replace the wire.
at 25 °C/77.0 °F) 3. Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
(see page 4-86)
7-50
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7231 Short-circuited inner Laser 1. Confirm that the wiring connector of the LSU is
thermistor (LSU) scanner firmly connected, and if necessary, connect the
unit connector all the way in.
The sensor input sampling (LSU) LSU - Main/Engine PWB (YC21)
value is less than the refer- 2. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
ence value. a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
(After detection, controlled replace the wire.
at 25 °C/77.0 °F) 3. Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
(see page 4-86)
7401 Developer unit type Developer 1. Check if the developer unit of different models is
Mismatch error (K) unit mounted, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-21)
Improper adaptation of the 2. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
main unit and developer nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
unit is detected. all the way in.
Developer unit - Unit relay PWB
(see page 4-86)
Mismatch error (C) unit mounted, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-21)
(see page 4-86)
7-51
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
Mismatch error unit mounted, and replace it to the correct one. (see
(M) page 4-21)
Improper adaptation of the nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
main unit and developer all the way in.
unit is detected. Developer unit - Unit relay PWB
(see page 4-86)
7404 Developer unit type mis- Developer 1. Check if the developer unit of different models is
match error (Yellow) unit mounted, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-21)
(see page 4-86)
7411 Drum unit type Drum 1. Check if the drum unit of different models is
Mismatch error (K) unit attached, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-17)
main unit and drum unit is nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
detected. all the way in.
Drum unit - Unit relay PWB
(see page 4-86)
7-52
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
Mismatch error (C) unit attached, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-17)
(see page 4-86)
Mismatch error (M) unit attached, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-17)
(see page 4-86)
Mismatch error (Y) unit attached, and replace it to the correct one. (see
page 4-17)
(see page 4-86)
7-53
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7601 ID sensor error (front) ID sensor 1. Clean the ID sensor surface.
2. Check how the ID sensor is attached.
When the measured value 3. Check if the error is detected after performing the
of the ID sensor matches calibration.
any of the following. 4. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
The dark potential P/S- all the way in.
wave is greater than 0.8V. ID sensor - Main/Engine PWB (YC24)
If the light potential S-wave has a ground fault, replace the wire.
is lower than the dark 6. Replace the ID sensor.
potential S-wave.
If the light potential P-wave 2. Replace the main/engine PWB.
is lower than the dark
(see page 4-86)
potential P-wave (+0.5V).
7602 ID sensor error (rear) ID sensor 1. Clean the ID sensor surface.
2. Check how the ID sensor is attached.
When the measured value 3. Check if the error is detected after performing the
of the ID sensor matches calibration.
any of the following. 4. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
The dark potential P/S- all the way in.
wave is greater than 0.8V. ID sensor - Main/Engine PWB (YC24)
If the light potential S-wave has a ground fault, replace the wire.
is lower than the dark 6. Replace the ID sensor.
potential S-wave. Main/Engine 1. Check the engine firmware and upgrade to the
If the light potential P-wave 2. Replace the main/engine PWB.
is lower than the dark (see page 4-86)
potential P-wave (+0.5V).
7-54
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7611 Bias calibration reading Primary 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
value error (Black) transfer belt wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
ID sensor and then turn on the power switch.
During the calibration, the 2. Execute [Calibration] using [Adjustment/Mainte-
ID sensor cannot read a nance] of the system menu.
patch density on the pri- 3. Check the occurrence of this service call error in
mary transfer belt normally. the Event Log.
4. When the same service call error is detected
again, clean if there is any dirt or stains on the
primary transfer belt or the ID sensor surface.
5. Check whether or not the ID sensor shutter is
open, by opening and closing the paper tray.
6. If not corrected, replace the primary transfer unit.
(see page 4-12)
7. After performing the test print, if the poor density
occurs, check whether there is any failure in the
drum unit, developer unit, LSU.
(see page 4-86)
value error (Cyan) transfer belt wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
patch density on the 3. Check the occurrence of this service call error in
primary transfer belt the Event Log.
normally. 4. When the same service call error is detected
(see page 4-12)
(see page 4-86)
7-55
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
value error (Magenta) transfer belt wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
(see page 4-12)
(see page 4-86)
value error (Yellow) transfer belt wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
(see page 4-12)
(see page 4-86)
7-56
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7620 Color Registration Primary 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
timing of detection transfer belt wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
Color patches printed on LSU 2. Execute [Calibration] using [Adjustment/Mainte-
the primary transfer belt nance] of the system menu.
are not within the ID sen- 3. Check the occurrence of this service call error in
sor readable range. the Event Log.
Or the poor density occurs. 4. When the same service call error is detected
(see page 4-12)
8. When checking the printing position of the color,
if any color shift occurs, re-install the LSU and
the drum unit.
9. If not corrected, replace the LSU. (see page 4-
39)
(see page 4-86)
7800 Broken outer thermistor Temperature 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
wire and humidity nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
Sensor all the way in.
The temperature and Temperature and humidity sensor
humidity sensor input sam- - Main/Engine PWB (YC35)
pling value is abnormal 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
compared with the refer- has a ground fault, replace the wire.
ence. 3. Replace the Temperature and humidity sensor
(After detection, controlled PWB.
at 25 °C/77.0 °F)
(see page 4-86)
7-57
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
7810 Short-circuited outer Temperature 1. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
thermistor and humidity nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
Sensor all the way in.
The sensor input sampling Temperature and humidity sensor
value is less than the refer- - Main/Engine PWB (YC35)
ence value. 2. If the wiring is disconnected, short-circuited or
(After detection, controlled has a ground fault, replace the wire.
at 25 °C/77.0 °F) 3. Replace the Temperature and humidity sensor
PWB.
(see page 4-86)
7901 Drum unit Drum 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
EEPROM error (Black) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
No response is issued 2. Confirm that the connector of the drum unit is
from the device in reading/ firmly connected, and if necessary, push the unit
writing for 5 ms or more all the way in.
and this problem is 3. Confirm that the wiring connector is firmly con-
repeated 5 times succes- nected, and if necessary, connect the connector
sively. all the way in.
Mismatch of reading data Unit relay PWB - Main/Engine PWB(YC7)
from two locations occurs 4. If the wire is disconnected, short-circuited or has
8 times successively. a ground fault, or the connector pin is deformed,
replace the wire.
Mismatch between writing 5. Replace the drum unit.
data and reading data (see page 4-17)
occurs 8 times succes-
sively. PWB (see page 4-112)
(see page 4-86)
7-58
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
EEPROM error (Cyan) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
occurs 8 times succes- Unit relay Replace the unit relay PWB.
(see page 4-86)
EEPROM error (Magenta) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
sively.
(see page 4-86)
7-59
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
EEPROM error (Yellow) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
(see page 4-86)
7911 Developer unit Developer 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
EEPROM error (Black) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
No response is issued 2. Confirm that the connector of the developer unit
from the device in reading/ is firmly connected, and if necessary, push the
writing for 5 ms or more unit all the way in.
replace the wire.
Mismatch between writing 5. Replace the developer unit.
sively.
(see page 4-86)
7-60
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
EEPROM error (Cyan) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
(see page 4-86)
EEPROM error (Magenta) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
sively.
(see page 4-86)
7-61
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

tion
EEPROM error (Yellow) unit wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
replace the wire.
(see page 4-86)
9540 Backup data error PWBs In case two or more of the parts below were replaced
at the same time, reattach them.
The internal data changes Applicable parts: Memory, PWBs
by replacing multiple parts *When replacing the applicable parts, 2 or more do
at the same time, interfer- not replace then at the same time.
ing with the machine oper- *When replacing the above applicable parts, do not
ation and will not enter work the following at the same time.
ready mode. Replace the drum unit or the developing unit.
Replace the drum unit for one color with another in
the same machine.
F000 Communication error Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
between Main/Engine PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
PWB - Operation panel and then turn on the power switch.
PWB 2. Check the wiring and connectors between the
main/engine PWB - the operation panel PWB.
Operation panel PWB
- Main/Engine PWB (YC26) : M21 ppm model
- Main/Engine PWB (YC56) : M26 ppm model
3. Check the connection of the DDR memory on the
main/engine PWB by reinstalling it or replacing it.
(see page 4-86)
Operation Replace the operation panel PWB.
panel (see page 4-118)
PWB
7-62
[CONFIDENTIAL]

tion
F010 Main/Engine PWB Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
Checksum error PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
2. If not corrected, replace the main/engine PWB
and check operation.
(see page 4-86)
F020 Main/Engine PWB mem- Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
ory error PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
In case an error occurs at 2. If not corrected, replace the main/engine PWB
the start-up DIMM read/ and check operation.
write check. (see page 4-86)
F040 Communication error Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
between controller - PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
Print engine and then turn on the power switch.
2. Repair or replace the wire from the main/engine
PWB that may be grounded. (Check for a short-
circuit between 5V and 3.3V.)
3. Check the FFC cable connector connecting to
the main/engine PWB and reconnect it. Or
replace the FFC.
(see page 4-86)
F050 Print engine Main/Engine 1. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, and
Main program error PWB wait five seconds. Then plug in the power cord
2. Confirm that the EEPROM has been properly
installed.
3. Check both the main and engine firmware, and
upgrade to the latest version, if necessary.
4. If not corrected, replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-86)
7-63
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) System Error (Fxxxx) Outline

The document is described for the outline of the factors of the Fxxx errors that are not described in the self-diagnosis error code list.
Please utilize it as the measures when the system is not recovered after power off/on or it frequently occurs.
*: Please initially check the following when the error (Fxxx) is indicated.
- Check the DIMM (DDR memory) and neighboring parts: Check the contact on the control PWB by releasing and reinserting the DIMM.
If the error repeats after that, replace the DIMM.
*: Power is partially supplied to this machine when the power is turned off.
Unplug the power plug and check if the F-code error is not released when passing one minute or more after turning the power off and then on.
Num- Contents Verification procedure & check point Remarks

ber
- It locks on a Welcome screen.It locks on a start- (1) Check the harness of * (between Main board <=>HDD), and the *Note 60[s]
ing logo (TASKalfa/Ecosys) screen.(Even if time connection state of a connector between Panel<=>Main boards, DDR memory option is not installed
passes for a definite period of time in more than and perform an operation check.
* notes, a screen does not change) (2) Check contact of a DDR memory (extracting) and perform an
operation check. If exchangeable, it will exchange and will perform
an operation check.
(3) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024)
*
(4) U021 Controller backup initialization is carried out and an opera-
tion check is performed.
(5) Exchange a PanelMain board and perform an operation check.
(6) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check.
(7) It will get, if USBLOG is obtainable, and contact service head-
quarters.
* : only HDD standard model
F000 CF000 will be displayed if * notes progress is (1) Check the harness of * (between Main board <=>HDD), and the Support
carried out for a definite period of time with a connection state of a connector between Panel<=>Main boards, DDR memory is not installed
Welcome screen.The communication fault and perform an operation check.
between Panel-Main boardsCommunication (2) Check contact of a DDR memory (extracting) and perform an
fault between Panel Core-Main Core Notes 2 operation check. If exchangeable, it will exchange and will perform
an operation check.
*
(6) Exchange a PanelMain board and perform an operation check.
(7) It will get, if USBLOG is obtainable, and contact service head-
quarters.
* : only HDD standard model
* Note 2 : Only Dual Core CPU model
7-64
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

ber
F15X Abnormality detecting in an authentication (1) Check the harness between authentication device <=>Main Authentication device: IC card reader Support
device control section boards, and the connection situation of a connector, and perform an etc.
operation check.
*
(3) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera-
tion check.
(5) Exchange HDD and perform an operation check. *
(6) Get USBLOG and contact service headquarters.
* Only HDD standard model
F18X Abnormality detecting in a Video control section (1) Check the harness between Engine<=>Main boards, and the Support
connection state of a connector, and perform an operation check.
*
(3) Exchange an Engine board and perform an operation check.
F1DX Abnormality detecting of the image memory (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) * Poor arrangement of F1D4:Random Support
Management Department * Access Memory
(2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- (1) Confirmation of U340
tion check. (2) Initialization of a set point (U021)
F21X, Abnormality detecting in an image-processing (1) Check contact of a DDR memory and perform an operation Support
F22X, part check.
F23X (2) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024)
*
tion check.
F24X Abnormality detecting in the system Manage- (1) Check contact of a DDR memory and perform an operation * F248 is the abnormalities of a printer Support
ment Department check. process.In recurring by specific printer [Controller failure]
(2) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) data, please give me cooperation at Turn power on and off to clearUSB
* acquisition of capture data and log is required for investigation
(3) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- USBLOG.
tion check.
7-65
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

ber
F25X Abnormality detecting in a network manage- (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) * It may occur according to a visitor's Support
ment department * network environment.
tion check.
(4) Get USBLOG and packet capture and contact service head-
quarters.
F26X, Abnormality detecting in the system Manage- (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
F27X, ment Department * (SSM:F26X)
F28X, (2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera-
F29X, tion check.
F2AX (3) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check.
F2BX, Abnormality detecting in a network control part (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
F2CX, *
F2DX, (2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera-
F2EX, tion check.
F2FX, (3) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check.
F30X, (4) Get USBLOG and contact service headquarters.(Depending on
F31X, an analysis result, it is packet capture acquisition)
F32X * Only HDD standard model
F35X Abnormality detecting in the printing controlling (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
Management Department *
tion check.
F38X Abnormality detecting in the authentication (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
authorized Management Department *
tion check.
7-66
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

ber
F3AX, Abnormality detecting in the Entity Manage- (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
F3BX, ment Department *
F3CX, (2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera-
F3DX, tion check.
F3EX, (3) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check.
F3FX, (4) Exchange HDD and perform an operation check. *
F40X, (5) Get USBLOG and contact service headquarters.
F41X, * Only HDD standard model
F42X,
F43X,
F44X,
F45X
F46X Abnormality detecting of a printer rendering part (1) Exchange boards and perform an operation check. * F46F is the abnormalities of a printer Support
(2) the acquisition wish of USBLOG -- carry out process.In recurring by specific printer
(Depending on the (2) case, it is print capture data acquisition) data, please give me cooperation at
* Only HDD standard model acquisition of capture data and
USBLOG.
F4DX, Abnormality detecting in the Entity Manage- (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
F4EX ment Department *
tion check.
F4FX Abnormality detecting in the JOB Management (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Since the USB log immediately after Support
Department * occurrence is needed for analysis,
(2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- please give me cooperation of acquisi-
tion check. tion.
F51X, Abnormality detecting in a JOB execution part (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Since the USB log immediately after Support
F52X, * occurrence is needed for analysis,
F53X, (2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- please give me cooperation of acquisi-
F55X, tion check. tion.
F56X, (3) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check.
F57X (4) Exchange HDD and perform an operation check. *
F5FX Abnormality detecting in a service execution (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Since the USB log immediately after Support
part * occurrence is needed for analysis,
(2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- please give me cooperation of acquisi-
tion check. tion.
7-67
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

ber
F60X Abnormality detecting in the maintenance mode/ (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. In case of F60A: Support
Remote Service Management Department (FULL of U024) * 60A is occurred when device registered
(2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an operation Remote Service detects off-line status with
check. external system.
(3) Exchange a Main board and perform an operation check. Please check device Network Settings and
(4) Exchange HDD and perform an operation check. * Network environment which device is used (
(5) Get USBLOG and contact service headquarters. include Disconnection rule/status in night
* Only HDD standard model time and on weekends.)
F62X Abnormality detecting in a service execution (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Since the USB log at the time of occur- Support
part * rence is needed for analysis, please
(2) Carry out U021 Main backup initialization and perform an opera- give me cooperation of acquisition.
tion check.
F63X Abnormality detecting in a device control sec- (1) Initialize HDD and perform an operation check. (FULL of U024) Support
tion *
tion check.
7-68
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7-3 Image formation failure

Isolate the place of the image failure occurrence.
Image failure with engine factor (See page 7-70).
(Main charge --> Drum --> LSU --> Developer --> Primary transfer image formation process failure)
<Image data flow>
Printing data from PC :

APC PWB
Printer driver Main/Engine PWB
(LSU)
7-69
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1) Image failure(Image forming factor: printer engine for single color)
(1-1)No image (1-2)No image (1-3)The entire (1-4)The back- (1-5)Vertical white
appears (entirely appears (entirely image is faint ground is colored streaks or bands
white) black) appear
(1-6)Black or color (1-7)White, black or color streaks or (1-8)Uneven density vertically

streaks appear bands appear horizontally
longitudinally
(1-9)Uneven density horizontally (1-10)Black or color (1-11)Offset occurs (1-12)The image is

dots appear in the partly missing
image
(1-13)The image is (1-14)Poor gray scale reproduction (1-15)Irregular horizontal white streaks
blurred appear in the image Dots appear in the
image
7-70
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-16)Granular iamge (low solid image

desnity)
7-71
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-1) No image appears (entirely white)
Image sample Factor

1. Developer bias is not output or not impressed. (Contact failure)
2. The developer lock shaft is not inserted. (The DS gap is wide)
3. Developer roller rotation failure.
4. Defective primary transfer.
5. Laser is not output from the laser scanner unit (LSU).
6. Drum does not rotate.
Trouble location Check Corrective action

1 Developer unit Check the following with the
color which is defective in out-
putting the test page.
(see page 6-9)
Check insertion of the lock shaft. If the lock shaft is not inserted properly, insert it
securely. (see page 4-21)
Check if the developer drive Replace the developer unit if broken. (see
gear is broken. page 4-21)
Check if the developer roller can Replace the developer unit if it has a problem.
be rotated manually. (see page 4-21)
Check dirt and deformation of Clean the terminal if it is dirty.

the developer unit and high volt- Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
age PWB contact terminal. contacts.
2 Main drive motor Check if the gear and coupling in Replace the main drive unit if broken. (see
unit (C,M,Y) the drive unit that drive the page 4-45)
developer unit are damaged.
3 High voltage PWB 1. Check that the terminals on 1. Clean the terminal if it is dirty.
the high voltage PWB surely 2. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
contact with the developer it contacts.
roller and primary transfer 3. If the connector is not inserted enough,
roller. reconnect it. Replace the wire if there is no
2. Check the connection continuity.
between the high voltage High voltage power supply PWB - Main/
PWB and connector. Or, Engine PWB(YC3)
The high voltage PWB (devel- Replace the high voltage PWB.
oper, transfer) output failure. (see page 4-92)
4 Laser scanner unit Check the connector contact. Or, 1. Reinsert the FFC cable if it is incompletely
(LSU) check the wire's continuity. inserted. Replace the wire if there is no
continuity.
5 Main/Engine PWB Check if the main/engine PWB Replace the main/engine PWB. (see page 4-
control signal is not output. 86)
7-72
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-2) No image appears (entirely black)
Image sample Factor

1. Main charge is not applied. (Drum surface potential error)
2. The LSU laser is on for all colors.
3. Abnormal developer bias output

1 Charger roller Check if the terminal on the high Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
voltage PWB to the main charge contacts.
roller is deformed.
2 Drum unit Check if there is the contact fail- 1. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
ure with the high voltage PWB. it contacts.
2. Reattach the drum unit.
Check the ground contact for the Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
drum ground failure. contacts.
3 Developer unit Check if there is the contact fail- 1. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
ure with the high voltage PWB. it contacts.
2. Reattach the new developer unit.
4 High voltage PWB Check the connector contact. Or, If the connector is not inserted enough, recon-
check the wire's continuity. nect it. Replace the wire if there is no continu-
ity.
High voltage power supply PWB - Main/Engine
PWB(YC3)
There is the main charge current Replace the high voltage PWB.
failure or developer bias output (see page 4-92)
failure from the high voltage
PWB.
5 Laser scanner unit Failure in turning the laser diode Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
(LSU) on/off control failure on the LSU
PWB.
6 Main/Engine PWB Video data output failure in the Replace the main/engine PWB. (see page 4-
main/engine PWB. 86)
7-73
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-3) The entire image is faint
Image sample Factor

1. Variance in environments (dew formation)
2. Toner is insufficient. Or it is deteriorated (becomes had to charge).
3. Developer bias output is low.
4. Primary transfer current output is low.
5. LSU laser power is low.
6. Drum surface potential is high.

1 Drum unit Check if the drum is condensed. Execute the drum refreshing. ([System Menu]
> [Adjustment/Maintenance])

(see page 6-102,6-108)
Check if executed low density 1. Execute the developer refresh (DEV-CLN)
printing continuously. and then calibration if printing at low den-
sity. ([System Menu] > [Adjustment/Main-
tenance])
Check if the developer bias con- Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
nection terminal is deformed. contacts.
Developer bias setting failure. 1. Execute calibration. ([System Menu] >

[Adjustment/Maintenance])
3 Developer unit There is the contact failure with Clean the DS pulleys. Replace the developer
the drum due to the dirt or dam- unit if broken.
age of the DS pulleys in the
sides of the developer roller.
Check the contact failure Reattach the new developer unit.
between the developer roller and
drum surface. (Pressure failure)
Check if the toner control sensor Replace the developer unit.
is normal. (see page 4-21)
4 Toner container Shake the toner container up Replace the toner container if "Add toner" is
and down about ten times and indicated or the toner supply vent does not
check the following. open.
1. Check "Add toner" indica-
tion.
2. Check if the toner supply
vent opens.
5 Toner solenoid Check the action of the toner Check connection if the toner solenoid is not
solenoid. acted.
7-74
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

6 High voltage PWB Check the contact and output of 1. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
the high voltage connection ter- it contacts.
minal of the developer, main 2. Replace the high voltage PWB.
charge and transfer bias. (see page 4-92)
7 Primary transfer Check the primary transfer roller 1. Reattch the primary transfer roller.
unit attachment to confirm the belt 2. Replace the primary transfer unit.
contact with the drum. (see page 4-12)
Check the high voltage contact Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
deformation. contacts.
8 Transfer high volt- Primary transfer current output Replace the transfer high voltage PWB. (see
age PWB failure on the transfer high volt- page 4-92)
(40 ppm model age PWB.
only)
9 LSU 1. LSU laser beam power fail- Replace the LSU.
ure. (see page 4-39)
2. Internal mirror contamination
10 Drum unit 1. Check if the eraser lamp is 1. Clean the eraser lamp if it is dirty.
dirty. 2. Replace the drum unit if it is not improved
2. Check the lamp on/off. after cleaning, it is not turned on or the sur-
3. Check if the drum surface is face is worn. (see page 4-17)
worn down.
11 Charger roller Check the terminal with the high Remove foreign objects if adhering to the ter-
voltage PWB. minal.
12 Main/Engine PWB Main/Engine PWB is defective. Replace the main/engine PWB. (see page 4-
86)
7-75
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-4) The background is colored
Image sample Factor

1. Toner is deteriorated (becomes had to charge).
2. Over-supply of toner.
3. Developer bias voltage is high.
4. Toner layer on the developer roller surface is thick (too much toner adheres).
5. The drum surface potential is low (low temperature environment)

(see page 6-102,6-108)
1. Check if printed high cover- 1. Execute calibration. ([System Menu] >
age continuously with over- [Adjustment/Maintenance])
supply of toner or high tem-
perature.
2. Check if the developer bias Clean the developer bias connection terminal,
connection terminal is dirty if it is dirty. Correct the terminal if it is deformed
or deformed. so that it contacts.
3. Developer bias setting fail- 1. Execute calibration. ([System Menu] >
ure. [Adjustment/Maintenance])
2 Drum unit 1. Check if the machine is used If the room temperature is 16 °C/60.8 °F or
in an environment of low less, try to use in the environment of more than
temperature. 16 °C/60.8 °F.
2. Check if the drum unit is Reattach the drum unit.
attached improperly. (see page 4-17)
3. Check if the ground connec- Clean the terminal if it is dirty.

tion terminal is dirty or con- Apply conductive grease to the receptacle side
ductive grease is applied to bearing of the drum drive shaft if little grease is
it. applied.
4. Check if the main charge Clean the main charge roller if it is dirty.
roller is dirty. Replace the drum unit if it does not take the
dirty.
3 High voltage PWB There is the contact failure or Correct the terminal if it is deformed. Or,
output failure of the developer replace the high voltage PWB.
bias or main charge current from (see page 4-92)
the high voltage PWB.
4 Main/Engine PWB Main/Engine PWB is defective. Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-86)
7-76
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

5 Toner solenoid Check connection if the toner Replace the wire if it is short-circuited and the
solenoid is not acted. Check if toner solenoid is not acted.
the wiring is short-circuited.
(1-5) Vertical white streaks or bands appear
Image sample Factor

1. DP slit glass is dirty.
2. Foreign objects inside the developer unit.
3. Contamination inside the machine.
4. Dirty inside the drum unit.

1 LSU Check if the LSU slit glass is 1. If the LSU slit glass is dirty, execute the
dirty. laser scanner cleaning.
2. Replace the LSU if it is dirty inside. (see
page 4-39)
(see page 6-102,6-108)
Check if there are foreign Clean or replace the developer unit with the
objects in the developer unit. color which is defective. (see page 4-21)
3 Light path between Check if the light path is inter- If there are foreign objects in the frame
LSU and Drum rupted by foreign objects such between the developer unit and drum unit, and
as dust, toner, etc. on the seal, remove them.
4 Drum unit Check if the main charge roller is Clean the main charge roller if it is dirty.
dirty. Replace the drum unit if it does not take the
dirty.
The drum has scratches. Replace the drum unit. (see page 4-17)
Check if the eraser lamp is dirty. Clean the eraser lamp if it is dirty.
7-77
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-6) Black or color streaks appear longitudinally
Image sample Factor

1. Charger roller dirt.
2. Drum unit scratch or dirt.
3. Cleaning blade is damaged or jammed by paper dust.

1 Drum unit Check if the main charge roller Clean the main charge roller if lines appear on
surface has lines as marks of the surface. Replace the drum unit if it does not
toner. take the streak. (see page 4-17)
Check if the drum surface is Execute the drum refreshing. ([System Menu]
dirty. > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
Check if the drum surface is Replace the drum unit. (see page 4-17)
scratched.
Check if the cleaning blade edge
is damaged.
Check if there is wear or paper
dust is pinched in. Check if
toner is accumulated at the
cleaning section.
3 Developer unit Foreign objects adhere to the 1. Clean the developer roller surface.
developer roller surface. 2. Replace the developer unit if it is contami-
nated by foreign matter. (see page 4-21)
7-78
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-7) White, black or color streaks or bands appear horizontally
Image sample Factor

1. developer unit dirt, contact dirt. Sleeve roller scratch.
2. Drum unit scratch or dirt. Ground is defective.
3. Charger roller is deformed.
4. Primary transfer roller terminal dirt.

1 Developer unit 1. Check the print image on 1. If the sides of the developer roller and the
paper has a problem in the bias terminal are dirty, clean them.
interval of the circumference 2. Execute developer refreshing (DEV-CLN).
of the developer roller. ([System Menu] > [Adjustment/Mainte-
2. Check if the sides of the nance])
developer roller and the bias 3. Replace the developer unit. (see page 4-
terminal are dirty. 21)
3. There is the cleaning failure
at the developer roller sur-
face.
4. Check if there are scratches
on the sleeve roller.
2 Drum unit 1. Check the print image on Execute the drum refreshing. ([System Menu]
paper has a problem in the > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
interval of the circumference
of the drum.
2. Check the drum surface Lower the MC (main charge) value. ([System
potential erasing failure. Menu] > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
3. Check if the drum is Replace the drum unit. (see page 4-17)
scratched.
4. Check the ground terminal of 1. Check the drum unit attachment and reat-
the drum or drum drive shaft. tach it if its fixing is insufficient.
2. Replace the drum unit.
(see page 4-17)
3 Primary transfer Check if the terminal for the high 1. Clean the terminal if it is dirty.
roller (Transfer voltage PWB and the primary 2. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
belt) transfer roller is dirty with toner. it contacts.
Check if the terminal is deformed 3. Replace the primary transfer unit.
and there is no contact. (see page 4-12)
4 High voltage PWB Contact failure of the high volt- Check if how the high voltage PWB is attached
age PWB or uneven bias volt- and secure it with screws to secure grounding.
age. Or replace. (see page 4-92)
7-79
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-8) Uneven density vertically
Image sample Factor

1. Uneven LSU laser beam emission.
2. Transfer belt contact failure with the drum.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Uneven toner layer on the developer roller

1 LSU Laser is not output evenly from Reattach the LSU. Or replace.
LSU. (Internal mirror drop-off) (see page 4-39)
2 Primary transfer Check the attaching condition of If the transfer roller and belt are at incorrect
roller the primary transfer roller. position, correct it and reattach them. Replace
(Primary transfer (Uneven pressure to the drum) the primary transfer unit.
unit) (see page 4-12)
3 Drum unit 1. Check if toner spreads 1. Execute the drum refreshing. ([System
evenly on the drum. Menu] > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
2. Check if it is used at high 2. Use in the environment without condensa-
humidity. tion.
3. Check if the drum surface is 3. Replace the drum unit.
worn down. (see page 4-17)
4 Developer unit 1. Check if the toner layer thick- 1. Execute the developer refresh (DEV-CLN)
ness on the developer roller to evenly distribute the toner in the devel-
is even. oper unit. ([System Menu] > [Adjustment/
2. Check if the DS pulleys the Maintenance])
sides of the developer rollers 2. Clean the developer roller and DS pulley.
are dirty or damaged. (Fail- Replace the developer unit if broken. (see
ure of the developer roller to page 4-21)
contact the drum surface)
7-80
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-9) Uneven density horizontally
Image sample Factor

1. Uneven rotation of the main drive.
2. Main charger roller rotation error.
3. Improper contact on the developer unit terminals.
4. LSU is defective.

1 Main drive Check to see if the drive mecha- 1. Check the fitting condition of the developer
nism for the developer unit and unit and drum unit and clean the drive
drum unit is smoothly operative. transmission section and apply grease if it
is dirty.
2. Check if the main drive unit is surely
secured with screws and reattached it.
2 Drum unit The drum surface is worn down. 1. Replace the drum unit. (see page 4-17)
3 Developer unit 1. Check if the developer bias 1. Clean the terminal if it is dirty.
connection terminal of the 2. Clean the developer unit or replace it if the
developer unit is dirty with DS pulley is damaged.
toner. (see page 4-21)
2. The DS pulleys at the sides
of the developer unit are
damaged.
4 LSU Check the image if it is the phe- Replace the LSU. (see page 4-39)
nomenon from uneven laser
beam output.
7-81
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-10) Black or color dots appear in the image
Image sample Factor

1. Charger roller dirt.
3. Cleaning blade is damaged or jammed by paper dust.

1 Drum unit Check the print image on paper Replace the drum unit if the drum is scratched.
has a problem in the interval of (see page 4-17)
the circumference of the drum.
2 Developer unit Check if the developer bias 1. Clean the edge of the developer roller if
leaks. leaked.
2. If used at high altitude, set the high altitude
adjustment at service setting of [Adjust-
ment/Maintenance] in [System Menu].
Check the print image on paper 1. If the print image on paper has a problem
has a problem in the interval of in the interval of the circumpherence of the
the circumference of the devel- developer roller, clean the developer roller.
oper roller. 2. Replace the developer unit.
(see page 4-21)
(1-11) Offset occurs
Image sample Factor

1. Drum unit cleaning failure, scratch or dirt.
2. Developer bias leakage.

1 Drum unit Check the print image on paper If the drum unit is dirty with paper duct, toner,
has a problem in the interval of etc., clean it and reattach it. Or replace. (see
the circumference of the drum. page 4-17)
7-82
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

2 Developer unit Check if offsets are observed in If the developer unit is dirty with toner, etc.,
the constant interval which is clean it and reattach it. Or replace. (see page
equivalent to the circumference 4-21)
of the developer roller.
7-83
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-12) The image is partly missing
Image sample Factor

2. Primary transfer belt surface deformation or dirt.

1 Drum unit Check the print image on paper If the print image on paper has a problem in the
has a problem in the interval of interval of the circumpherence of the drum,
the circumference of the drum. execute drum refreshing. ([System Menu] >
2 Primary transfer Check if the primary transfer belt If the surface is deformed or dirty, clean the pri-
belt surface is deformed or dirty. mary transfer belt or replace the unit. (see
(Primary transfer page 4-12)
unit)
(1-13) The image is blurred
Image sample Factor

1. Drum unit condensation.
2. LSU slit glass dirt.

1 Drum unit The drum surface is condensed. Execute the drum refreshing. ([System Menu]
2 LSU Check if the LSU slit glass is Execute the LSU cleaning action if 1. LSU slit
entirely dirty. glass is dirty. ([System Menu] > [Adjustment/
Maintenance])
7-84
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-14) Poor gray scale reproduction
Image sample Factor

1. Image adjustment failure

1 Image adjustment Check if color adjustment is suffi- Execute Calibration. ([System Menu] > [Adjust-
cient. ment/Maintenance])
(1-15) Irregular horizontal white streaks appear in the image

Dots appear in the image
Image sample Factor

1. Installation at a high altitude.
2. Defective drum unit grounding.
3. Using the paper with high surface resistance.

1 Developer unit Check if the operating environ- In the case of the high altitude place of 1,000m
ment is 1,000m or more above or more above sea level, change the setting of
sea level. (Developer bias leak- high altitude adjustment. ([System Menu] >
age) [Adjustment/Maintenance])
(Standard/1,001-2,000m/2,001-3,000m/3,001-
3,500m)
(see page 6-12)
2 Drum unit Check if there is contact failure 1. Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that
between the main charger and it contacts.
high voltage PWB. 2. Reattach the drum unit.
Check the ground contact for the Correct the terminal if it is deformed so that it
drum ground failure. contacts.
7-85
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

3 Paper Check if high surface resistance Change paper to different type.
paper is used.
7-86
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(1-16) Granular iamge (low solid image desnity)
Image sample Factor

1. Installation at a high altitude.
2. Using the paper with high surface resistance.

1 Developer unit Check if the operating environ- In the case of the high altitude place of 1,000m
ment is 1,000m or more above or more above sea level, change the setting of
sea level. high altitude adjustment. ([System Menu] >
(Standard/1,001-2,000m/2,001-3,000m/3,001-
3,500m)
(see page 6-12)
2 Paper Check if high surface resistance Change paper to different type.
paper is used.
7-87
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Image failure (Transfer, paper conveying and fusing factor: printer engine for 4
colors)
(3-1)No image (3-2)The entire (3-3)The back- (3-4)Vertical white (3-5)Black or color
appears (entirely image is faint ground is colored streaks or bands streaks appear
white) appear longitudinally
(3-6)White, black or color streaks or (3-7)Uneven transfer (3-8)Black or color

bands appear horizontally dots appear in the
image
(3-9)Characters are (3-10)Regular error (3-11)Irregularly (3-12)Creases (3-13)Offset occurs

blurred (transfer arises at the lead- error arises at the arises on paper
shift) ing edge of the leading edge of
original image the original image
and copy one. and copy one.
(3-14)The image is (3-15) Fusing fail- (3-16)The image is (3-17)Image center

partly missing ure blurred and copy image
(Outlines objects one do not
and white dots) accord.
7-88
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3-18)Paper is dirty with toner (3-19)Poor color (3-20)Color registration shift

reproduction
(3-21)Dirt on the backside of paper
7-89
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-1) No image appears (entirely white)
Image sample Factor

1. No secondary transfer bias output.

1 Secondary trans- Check if the rear cover is Check the rear cover lock. Open the rear cover
fer roller securely closed. and close it.
2 High voltage PWB 1. Check how the connector is 1. If the connector is not inserted enough,
inserted. reinsert it.
High voltage PWB to Engine 2. Replace the wire if there is no continuity.
PWB 3. Replace the high voltage PWB.
2. Check the wire's continuity. (see page 4-92)
3 Main/Engine PWB 1. Check how the connector is 1. If the connector is not inserted enough,
inserted. reinsert it.
2. Check the wire's continuity. 2. Replace the wire if there is no continuity.
3. Check if the secondary 3. Replace Main/Engine PWB if no signal is
transfer high voltage on sig- output. (see page 4-86)
nal is output from Main/
Engine PWB.
7-90
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-2) The entire image is faint
Image sample Factor

1. Paper is moist.
2. The contact pressure between the secondary transfer roller and primary trans-
fer belt is low.
3. The secondary transfer bias impression is failed.

1 Paper 1. Check if paper is moist. Replace paper if it is moist. If the place to store
2. Check the humidity of where paper is moist, move it to a low humidity place.
paper is stored.
2 Paper conveying Check if the rear cover is Check the rear cover lock. Open and close the
unit securely closed. rear cover.
3 Secondary trans- Check the secondary transfer If the secondary transfer roller is taken off, refit
fer roller roller position. (Pressure failure) it.
4 High voltage PWB Check if there is dirt or deforma- 1. Clean the terminal if it is dirty.
tion in the terminal of the high 2. Correct the terminal so that it contacts if it
voltage PWB to the secondary is deformed.
transfer roller. (Secondary trans- 3. Replace the high voltage PWB. (see page
fer bias error) 4-92)
7-91
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-3) The background is colored
Image sample Factor

1. Primary transfer unit grounding failure.
2. Secondary transfer roller dirt.

1 Primary transfer Check if the belt surface is whit- Replace the primary transfer unit if the entire
unit ened. belt surface is whitened and is not improved
after executing the calibration.
(see page 4-12)
Check if the ground plate of the If the ground plate is deformed, correct it to
primary transfer unit is secure ground.
deformed.
2 Secondary trans- 1. Check the transfer bias 1. Correct the terminal to securely contact the
fer roller ground failure. roller shaft.
2. Check if the roller full surface 2. Clean or replace the secondary transfer
is entirely dirty. roller if its surface is entirely dirty.
(2-4) Vertical white streaks or bands appear
Image sample Factor

1. Primary transfer unit dirt.

1 Primary transfer Check if the white streaks posi- 1. Clean the primary transfer belt if contami-
unit tion match the position of dirt on nated.
the primary transfer belt. 2. Replace the primary transfer unit.
(see page 4-12)
2 Secondary trans- Check if the white streaks posi- Clean the secondary transfer roller if contami-
fer roller tion match the dirty position on nated. Replace the secondary transfer unit if it
the secondary transfer roller. is not improved after cleaning it. (see page 4-
16)
7-92
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

3 Eject guide Check if paper rubs the eject Correct the ribs if white steaks appear at the rib
guide ribs intensely. position but bend condition of paper paper is
normal.
7-93
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-5) Black or color streaks appear longitudinally
Image sample Factor

1. Primary transfer belt cleaning bias impression failure.
3. Separation needle dirt.
4. Dirty fuser unit inside.

1 Primary transfer Check if paper dust is accumu- 1. Clean the cleaning section if paper dust
unit lated around the cleaning sec- accumulates.
tion. 2. Replace the primary transfer unit if it is not
improved after cleaning it.
(see page 4-12)
Check dirt and deformation of 1. Clean the connector and connection termi-
the cleaning bias connector and nal if they are dirty.
high voltage terminals. 2. Correct the terminal if deformed.
(see page 4-92)
Check dirt or scratch on the pri- Replace the primary transfer unit if it is dirty or
mary transfer belt circumfer- has scratches.
ence. (see page 4-12)
2 Secondary trans- Check dirt, deformation or wear 1. Clean the secondary transfer roller if con-
fer roller of the secondary transfer roller. taminated.
2.
Replace the secondary transfer roller if it is
deformed or worn out.
(see page 4-16)
3 Separation needle Check if the separation needles Clean the separation needles if they are dirty.
are dirty with paper dust and
toner.
4 Fuser unit 1. The paper separation plate is 1. Clean the paper separation plate if contam-
contaminated with toner. inated.
2. Check if the paper weight 2. Change the setting if the paper weight set-
setting matches the paper to ting does not match the paper to use.
use.
5 Eject guide The ribs are dirty with toner. Clean it if dirty.
7-94
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-6) White, black or color streaks or bands appear horizontally
Image sample Factor


1 Primary transfer Check if the phenomenon 1. Clean the primary transfer belt with soft
unit appears in the interval of the cir- cloth.
cumference of the primary trans- 2. Replace the primary transfer unit if it is not
fer belt. (Belt transformation) improved after cleaning it. (see page 4-12)
2 Secondary trans- 1. Check if the right cover is 1. Close the right cover firmly.
fer roller closed. 2. Refit the press spring for the secondary
2. Check if the secondary transfer roller. Replace it if is deformed.
transfer roller surely contacts
the transfer belt.
3 Fuser unit Check if there is a problem on Clean the fuser roller if it appears in the image.
the print image in the interval of Replace the fuser unit if it is not improved after
the circumference of the fuser cleaning it. (see page 4-27)
roller.
7-95
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-7) Uneven transfer
Image sample Factor


1 Primary transfer Check if paper dust is accumu- 1. Clean the cleaning section if paper dust
unit lated around the cleaning sec- accumulates.
tion. 2. Replace the primary transfer unit if it is not
improved after cleaning it. (see page 4-12)
Check dirt and deformation of 1. Clean the connector or connection terminal
the cleaning bias connector and if dirty.
high voltage terminals. 2. Correct the terminal if deformed.
(see page 4-92)
There are dirty or scratches on Replace the primary transfer unit.
Primary transfer belt. (see page 4-12)
2 Secondary trans- Check dirt, deformation or wear 1. Clean the secondary transfer belt if con-
fer roller of the secondary transfer roller. taminated.
2. Replace the secondary transfer unit if it is
not improved after cleaning it. (see page 4-
16)
3 Fuser unit Check if the roller, drive section Replace the fuser unit if the roller drive section
and fuser pressure release and fuser pressure release mechanism are
mechanism are deformed, worn deformed, worn or damaged. (see page 4-27)
out or damaged.
7-96
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-8) Black or color dots appear in the image
Image sample Factor

1. Primary transfer belt scratch or dirt.
3. Dirty fuser unit inside.

1 Primary transfer Check the primary transfer belt 1. Clean the cleaning section.
unit cleaning. 2. Replace the unit if it is not improved after
cleaning it.
(see page 4-12)
Check for dirt or scratches in the Replace the primary transfer unit.
interval of the primary transfer (see page 4-12)
belt outer circumference.
2 Secondary trans- Check if there are dirt on the 1. Clean the secondary transfer roller if it
fer roller print image in the interval of the appears in the image.
circumference of the secondary 2. Replace the secondary transfer unit if it is
transfer roller. not improved after cleaning it. (see page 4-
16)
3 Fuser unit Check the print image on paper 1. Clean the fuser roller if it appears in the
has a problem in the interval of image.
the circumference of the fuser 2. Replace the fuser unit if it is not improved
roller. after cleaning it. (see page 4-27)
7-97
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-9) Characters are blurred (transfer shift)
Image sample Factor

1. Paper is out of specification.
2. Imbalanced fuser unit pressures.

1 Paper 1. Check if the paper is within 1. If paper type is out of specification, use
the specification. proper paper.
2. Check if the paper type and 2. If the paper setting is improper, set it in
weight settings are proper. accordance with the paper.
2 Fuser unit 1. Check the pressure balance 1. Replace the fuser unit in case of the bal-
between the left and right ance failure. (see page 4-27)
sides of the fuser unit. 2. Replace the fuser unit if deformed. (see
2. Check if the paper entry page 4-27)
guide to the fuser is
deformed.
3 Paper conveying Check if the paper conveying If the drive is not smooth, apply grease to the
motor drive is operating smoothly. gears.
4 Paper conveying The paper conveying guide is Replace the paper conveying guide if
guide deformed. deformed.
(2-10) Regular error arises at the leading edge of the original image and copy one.
Image sample Factor

1. Leading edge timing adjustment is improper.
2. Improper original deflection amount before the registration.
7-98
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

1 Registration roller Correct the contact if it is If the adjustment is insufficient, adjust the print
deformed. position in the service mode.
Check of the registration sensor If paper feed failure occurs, clean the feed
on timing (for paper deflection) is roller or replace paper to check if it is improved.
proper.
7-99
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-11) Irregularly error arises at the leading edge of the original image and copy one.
Image sample

1 Registration clutch, Check if the registration roller is 1. Clean the registration roller.
Registration roller dirty and the registration clutch 2. Reattach it if it is improperly attached.
and feed motor operate 3. Replace the feed drive unit if it does not
smoothly. move smoothly.
(2-12) Creases arises on paper
Image sample

1 Paper side regis- Check if the paper width guide If the paper size does not match, align the side
tration set position matches the paper. registration cursors to the paper edges.
2 Paper 1. Check if it is curled or wavy. 1. If paper is curled r wavy, replace it.

2. Check if the place to store 2. If the place to store paper is moist, move it
paper is moist. to a low humidity place.
3 Registration roller Balance is not secured between Attach the parts with the regular spring pres-
the front and rear springs. sure.
4 Fuser unit The fuser pressure spring of the Replace the fuser unit. (see page 4-27)
fuser unit is faulty.
7-100
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-13) Offset occurs
Image sample

2. Check if the paper type and 2. Set paper type and weight.
weight settings are proper.
2 Primary transfer Check if offsets are occurred in 1. Clean the primary transfer belt if it appears
unit the interval of the outer circum- in the outer circumference interval.
ference of the primary transfer 2. Make the cleaning bias terminal of the
belt. cleaning roller securely contact the termi-
nal of the high voltage PWB.
3. Replace the primary transfer unit.
(see page 4-12)
3 Fuser unit Check if there are dirt on the If the roller of the fuser unit is dirty, clean it or
print image in the interval of the replace the unit.
circumference of the fuser roller. (see page 4-27)
7-101
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-14) The image is partly missing (Outlines objects and white dots)
Image sample

1 Paper Check if paper is moist. Check if 1. Replace paper if it is moist. If the place to
the place to store paper is moist. store paper is moist, move it to a low
humidity place.
2. Install the cassette heater if necessary.
2 Primary transfer Check if dirt, scratch or deforma- 1. Clean the primary transfer belt with soft
unit tion appear in the interval of the cloth.
circumference of the primary 2. Replace the primary transfer unit.
transfer belt. (see page 4-12)
3 Secondary trans- Check the print image on paper 1. Clean the secondary transfer roller.
fer roller has a problem in the interval of 2. Replace the secondary transfer unit.
the circumference of the second- (see page 4-16)
ary transfer roller.
7-102
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-15) Fusing failure
Image sample

2. Check if the paper type and 2. Set the paper weight to match the paper.
weight settings are proper.
2 Paper weight set- Check the paper weight setting. If the paper weight setting is insufficient, set
ting the paper weight in accordance with the paper
thickness.
3 Fuser unit Fuser pressure setting (spring) is Replace the fuser unit.
faulty. (see page 4-27)
(2-16) The image is blurred
Image sample

1 Paper Check if paper is moist. Check if 1. Replace paper if it is moist.
the place to store paper is moist. 2. If the place to store paper is moist, move it
to a low humidity place.
7-103
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-17) Image center and copy image one do not accord.
Image sample

1 Paper setting Check if paper is set correctly. Set paper if it is not set correctly.
2 Image position Check the center alignment If the adjustment is insufficient, adjust the print
adjustment when the image is written. position in the service mode.
(2-18) Paper is dirty with toner
Image sample Factor

1. Toner scattering inside the machine at continuous
high coverage print.

1 Paper conveying Check if the paper conveying Clean the developer unit, drum unit and pri-
guide guide is dirty with toner. mary transfer unit if the paper conveying guide
is dirty with toner.
2 Toner scattering Check if a large volume data with Clean the machine inside.
inside the machine high coverage were continuously
output.
7-104
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-19) Poor color reproduction
Image sample Factor

1. Paper storage condition is poor. Defective Paper type setting.
2. Developer bias impression failure (high voltage contact).
3. Deterioration of toner or developer powder.
4. Drum surface potential erasing failure (main charge roller contact).
5. High voltage PWB failure.
6. Not executing Calibration.

1 Paper Check if paper is moist. Check if 1. Replace paper if it is moist.
the place to store paper is moist. 2. If the place to store paper is moist, move it
to a low humidity place.
2 Paper specification Granular image (slightly uneven 1. Check the paper specification and use
gloss) appears in the high den- proper paper.
sity image area. 2. Change to color paper if rough paper for
monochrome print is used.
3 Paper type Check paper type and weight. If The paper type and weight do not match the
paper, set them properly.
4 Image adjustment Check if the target density Execute calibration. ([System Menu] >
adjustment was done. [Adjustment/Maintenance])
(see page 6-1)
5 Developer unit Toner is not charged. Execute the calibration after executing the
developer refresh (DEV-CLN). ([System Menu]
(see page 6-1)
6 Drum unit Check the drum surface conden- Execute the drum refreshing. ([System Menu]
sation. > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
(see page 6-1)
7 Printer driver set- Check the printer color table 1. Change the printer color table selection to
ting selection. the proper mode in the color reproduction
mode in [Imaging] tab of the printer driver.
2. Download necessary color tables.
Check the printer data is CMYK. If the printer data is CMYK, select the proper
mode in the KPDL color conversion process.
7-105
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-20) Color registration shift
Image sample Factor

1. ID sensor density detection error
2. Primary transfer belt deterioration(whitened)
3. Primary transfer belt skew (color registration shift in
the main scanning direction)
4. Motor speed control error (color registration shift in
the sub-scanning direction)

1 Color registration Check if the color registration 1. Execute calibration.
adjustment has been adjusted before exe- ([System Menu] > [Adjustment/Maintenance])
cuting the calibration. (see page 6-1)
2. Execute color registration positioning
adjustment.
([System Menu] > [Adjustment/Mainte-
nance]) (see page 6-1)
2 ID sensor Check if the ID sensor shutter is 1. If the sensor shutter is not opened, correct
opened when executing calibra- it to open.
tion. 2. Clean the ID sensor. Or replace.
3 Primary transfer Check if the ID sensor can Execute the calibration and replace the primary
unit detect the image density cor- transfer unit if the color registration patches
rectly after executing the calibra- appear twice at the left and right sides of the
tion with degraded belt. transfer belt. (see page 4-12)
Check the belt skew. Reattach the primary transfer unit. Replace the
frame if deformed.
4 Main/Engine PWB Extreme color registration shift. Replace the main/engine PWB. (see page 4-
(The motor speed control is not 86)
correctly operated.)
7-106
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2-21) Dirt on the backside of paper
Image sample

1 Secondary trans- Check if the secondary transfer 1. Clean the secondary transfer roller.
fer roller roller is dirty with toner. 2. Check if the transfer bias terminal contacts
the roller.
2 Fuser pressure Check if foreign objects such as 1. Clean the fuser pressure roller if foreign
roller toner dirt, etc. mix or adhere to objects adhere.
the fuser pressure roller. 2. If the paper thickness setting does not
match the paper, set the proper paper
thickness.
3 Paper conveying The paper conveying guide is Clean the paper conveying guide, developer
guide dirty with toner. unit, drum unit and primary transfer unit if the
paper conveying guide is dirty with toner.
7-107
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7-4 Electric failure

If the parts of the failure cause is not supplied, replace the unit that includes it.
Execute in the number order of failure cause about the order of each failure status.
Failure status Cause of failure Check method and disposal

(1) 1. Power is not sup- Check input voltage.
The machine does plied to the outlet.
not operate at all 2. Power plug connec- Check the contact between the power plug and outlet is
when turning the tion is defective. secure.
power on.
3. Broken power cord. Check the continuity and replace if there is no continuity.
4. Connected to the Check the continuity between the power switch contacts
power switch. and replace it if there is no continuity.
5. Low voltage power Replace the low voltage power supply PWB. (see page 4-
supply PWB is 99)
defective.
6. Main/Engine PWB is Replace the main/engine PWB.
defective. (see page 4-86)
(2) 1. Wire failure or con- If the connector is not inserted enough, reinsert it.
The scanner motor nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
does not rotate. connector. is no continuity.
Scanner motor to Main/Engine PWB(YC19)
2. Defective drive trans- Check if each gear and gear rotate smoothly. Apply grease
mission system. to the busing and gears if they are faulty. Check each gear
if it is damaged and replace it if there is damage.
3. Motor is defective. Replace the scanner motor.
4. PWB is defective. Replace the main/engine PWB.
(see page 4-86)
The conveying nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
motor does not connector. is no continuity.
rotate. Paper feed motor to container relay PWB (YC11)
Unit relay PWB(YC1) to Main/Engine PWB(YC2)
(see page 4-86)
The eject fan motor nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
does not rotate. connector. is no continuity.
Eject fan motor to Main/Engine PWB (YC22)
2. Motor is defective. Replace the eject fan motor.
(see page 4-86)
7-108
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

The fan motor in- nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
machine does not connector. is no continuity.
rotate. Fan motor in-machine to Main/Engine PWB(YC22)
2. Motor is defective. Replace the fan motor in-machine.
(see page 4-86)
(see page 4-86)
Paper feed clutch nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
does not operate. connector. is no continuity.
Paper feed clutch to container relay PWB (YC2)
Container relay PWB(YC1) to Main/Engine PWB(YC2)
2. Clutch is defective. Replace the paper feed clutch.

(see page 4-86)
Registration clutch nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
Registration clutch to container relay PWB (YC2)
2. Clutch is defective. Replace the registration clutch.
(see page 4-86)
The duplex clutch nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
Duplex clutch to container relay PWB (YC2)
2. Clutch is defective. Replace the duplex clutch.
(see page 4-86)
MP solenoid does nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
not function connector. is no continuity.
MP solenoid to Main/Engine PWB (YC9)
2. Solenoid is defective. Replace the MP solenoid.
(see page 4-86)
7-109
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Load paper mes- nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
sage appears with connector. is no continuity.
paper load in the Cassette detection sensor to Main/Engine PWB (YC16)
cassette.
2. Deformed actuator. Check and replace if failed.
3. Sensor is defective. Replace the cassette detection sensor.
(see page 4-86)
Add paper mes- nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
sage is indicated connector. is no continuity.
while paper is set MP paper detection sensor to Main/Engine PWB (YC9)
to the MP tray. 2. Deformed actuator. Check and replace if failed.
3. Sensor is defective. Replace the MP paper detection sensor.
(see page 4-86)
Jam occurs at the nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
feed, conveying or connector. is no continuity.
eject section at the Registration sensor to Main/Engine PWB (YC16)
same time of turn- Fuser sensor to Main/Engine PWB (YC15)
ing the power
2. Paper pieces, etc. Check if there are paper pieces and remove them if any.
switch on. remain around the
registration sensor,
duplex sensor, fuser
eject sensor, and
upper eject full sen-
sor or lower eject
sensor.
3. Sensor is defective. Replace registration sensor or fuser sensor.
(see page 4-86)
The cover open nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
message appears connector. is no continuity.
after closing the Right cover switch to container relay PWB (YC4)
front cover or right Container relay PWB (YC1) to Main/Engine PWB(YC2).
cover. 2. Switch is defective. Check the interlock switch and replace it if necessary.
(see page 4-86)
Replace the low voltage power supply PWB.
(see page 4-99)
7-110
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

The DP conveying nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
motor does not connector. is no continuity.
rotate. DP conveying motor to Main/Engine PWB (YC6)
3. Motor is defective. Replace the DP conveying motor.
(see page 4-86)
(15) 1. Paper pieces, etc. Check if there are paper pieces and remove them if any.
The original jams remain around the
upon turning the DP feed sensor, DP
power on. registration sensor.
2. Sensor failure Replace the DP feed sensor, DP registration sensor or DP
feed-shift sensor.
(see page 4-86)
The cover open nection failure of the Or check the wire's continuity and replace the wire if there
message display connector. is no continuity.
even if closing the DP conveying motor to Main/Engine PWB (YC6)
DP upper cover. 2. Sensor is defective. Replace the DP cover open/close sensor.
(see page 4-86)
7-111
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
7-5 Mechanical failure

If the parts of the failure cause is not supplied, replace the unit which includes it.
Failure status Failure point and check method Corrective action

(1) Check if the surface of the roller below is Clean the roller surface with alcohol.
No primary paper dirty with paper dust, etc.
feed. Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
MP paper feed roller
Check if the roller below is deformed. Check and replace if deformed.
Pickup roller (see page 4-3, 4-5)
Paper feed roller
MP paper feed roller
Feed unit mounting error. Check and repair if failed.
(2) Check if the surface of the roller below is Clean the roller surface with alcohol.
No secondary paper dirty with paper dust, etc.
feed. DP registration roller
DP registration pulley
Detaching and reattaching the duplex Check and repair if failed.
paper conveying unit.
(3) Poor attachment of the paper width guide Check if the paper width guide is set at
Skewed paper feed. in a cassette. the correct position and repair or
replace it if it has a problem.
(4) 1. Check if there is extreme curl on If curled, replace paper.
The eject fan motor paper.
does not rotate.
2. Paper is not loaded in the cassette Load paper.
correctly.
3. Check if the retard pulley is worn. Replace if worn out.
(see page 4-3)
(5) Check if there is extreme curl on paper. If curled, replace paper.
Paper jam occurs.
Check if the registration roller contacts Check and repair if failed.
the registration pulley correctly.
extreme dirt or deformation of the heat Check and replace the fuser unit if
roller and press roller. failed. (see page 4-27)
(6) Check if the developer unit, drum unit or Clean the developer unit, drum unit and
Toner drops to the primary transfer unit is extremely dirty. primary transfer unit.
paper conveying sec-
tion.
7-112
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Failure status Failure point and check method Corrective action

(7) Check if the spiral of the toner container Replace the toner container.
Add paper message is rotates.
indicated while paper Check if the toner supply vent opens by
is set to the MP tray. lever operation.
Check if the toner solenoid is properly If the connector is not inserted enough,
operated. reinsert it.
Toner solenoid to container relay
PWB(YC3)
Container relay PWB(YC1) to Main/
Engine PWB(YC2)
Replace if the toner solenoid is dam-
aged.
(8) Check if each roller, pulley and gear Apply grease to the bushing and roller
An abnormal sound is rotate smoothly. shaft.
generated Check if the roller of the developer unit Replace the developer unit if it is
rotates. locked.
Check if the cause is the primary transfer 1. Clean the cleaning section if it is
unit cleaning section or main unit drive clogged with toner.
section. 2. Apply grease if the sliding noise
heard from the side of the main unit
side waste toner joint gear.
Check the occurrence at the fuser unit. Check the meshing of the gears and
Printing. Or, in case the fuser motor reattach the fuser unit.
rotates reversely to release the fuser Grease is applied to the gear related to
pressure at power-up. the fuser drive fuser.
7-113
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
8 PWBs
8-1 Description for PWB
(1) Main/Engine PWB
Connector position
10 1
4 YC8 1
YC13
YC23 11 20
1
20 1
2
YC3
1
3
YC15 8 1 29 1
1 5 1 5 YC31
YC26 YC2
6 YC32 YC50 1
1
12
YC7
13
YC29 1
YC11 1
1 6 YC9
YC33 7
1 9 1 5
1
YC28 YC52
YC34 YC22
9
1 5 4
1 1
1
YC16
YC47 6
L4 R10
1
YC35
4
YC27 12
1
YC20
L1 R1
5
1
U4 30
YC24 YC21
12 1 5 1
11 YC51 YC55 1
8 YC1 1
Figure 8-1
External appearance photograph
Figure 8-2
8-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
Connector access point

YC1: Low voltage power supply PWB
YC2: Container relay PWB
YC3: High voltage PWB
YC7: Unit relay PWB
YC8: USB host
YC9: Color developer stop solenoid, MP paper detection sensor, MP paper feed solenoid
YC11: Main motor
YC13: WiFi PWB
YC15: Eject sensor, Fuser pressure release sensor
YC16: Cassette detection sensor, resist sensor
YC20: Polygon motor
YC21: APC PWB
YC22: Eject fan motor, In-machine fan motor
YC23: Fuser thermistor
YC24: ID sensor left/right
YC26: Operation panel PWB
YC31: Inter lock switch
YC35: Thermistor PWB
YC47: PF PWB, PF cover switch
Connector Pin Signal I/O Voltage Description

YC1 1 ZCROSSN I 0/3.3 V DC Zero cross signal
Low voltage 2 RELAYDRV O 0/24 V DC Heater relay remote signal
power supply
3 GND - - Ground
PWB
4 GND - - Ground
5 HEATDRV O 0/24 V DC Heater remote signal
6 SLEEP O 0/7.7 V DC Sleep signal
7 +24V0 I 24 V DC 24 V DC power input
8 +24V0 I 24 V DC 24 V DC power input
YC2 1 REGCL O 0V/24V Registration clutch remote signal

Container relay 2 EXITCL O 0V/24V Eject solenoid remote signal
PWB
3 FDDUCL O 0V/24V Feed clutch remote signal
4 PRSSOL O 0V/24V Pressure release solenoid control signal
5 REVSOL O 0V/24V Switchback solenoid control signal
6 FDMOTRDYN I 0V/3.3V Conveying motor ready signal
7 FDMOTREM O 0V/5V Conveying motor control signal
8 FDMOTCLK O 0V/5V Conveying motor clock signal
9 LSUCLEANMOTB O 0V/24V (pulse) LSU cleaning motor control signal
10 LSUCLEANMOTA O 0V/24V (pulse) LSU cleaning motor control signal
11 CASOL O 0V/24V Lift solenoid control signal
12 TNSOLK O 0V/24V Toner solenoid control signal K
13 TNSOLM O 0V/24V Toner solenoid control signal M
14 TNSOLC O 0V/24V Toner solenoid control signal C
15 TNSOLY O 0V/24V Toner solenoid control signal Y
8-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC2 16 +24V5IL2F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Container relay 17 +24V5IL2F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
PWB
18 +24V5IL2F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
20 CFRAMSCL O 0/3.3 V DC CFRAM clock signal
21 CFRAMSDA O 0/3.3 V DC CFRAM data signal
22 +3.3V3F2 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
23 MAINSW I 0/3.3 V DC Power switch detection signal
24 RCOVER I 0/3.3 V DC Right cover switch detection signal
25 GND - - Ground
26 GND - - Ground
27 GND - - Ground
28 GND - - Ground
29 GND - - Ground
YC3 1 HVISENS I Analog High voltage detection signal

High voltage 2 +24V5IL2F2 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
PWB
4 HVCLKN O Analog Developer AC clock signal
5 ACCTLMCY O 0/3.3 V DC Developer AC control signal MCY
6 ACCTLK O 0/3.3 V DC Developer AC control signal K
7 DBCTLY O 0/3.3 V DC Developer DC control signal Y
8 DBCTLC O 0/3.3 V DC Developer DC control signal C
9 DBCTLM O 0/3.3 V DC Developer DC control signal M
10 DBCTLK O 0/3.3 V DC Developer DC control signal K
11 TREV O Analog Transfer remote signal
12 T2CTL O 0/3.3 V DC The secondary transfer control signal
13 T1CTLMCY O 0/3.3 V DC The first transfer control MCY
14 T1CTLK O 0/3.3 V DC The first transfer control signal K
15 MCTLY O 0/3.3 V DC Charge control signal Y
16 MCTLC O 0/3.3 V DC Charge control signal C
17 MCTLM O 0/3.3 V DC Charge control signal M
18 MCTLK O 0/3.3 V DC Charge control signal K
19 GND - - Ground
20 GND - - Ground
8-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC7 1 UNITTH O 0/3.3 V DC Unit thermistor output signal
Unit relay PWB, 2 TSENSK I 0/3.3 V DC Toner sensor output signal K
Transfer PWB
3 TSENSM I 0/3.3 V DC Toner sensor output signal M
4 TSENSC I 0/3.3 V DC Toner sensor output signal C
6 UNITSCL O 0/3.3 V DC Drum, T/C clock signal
7 GND - - Ground
8 UNITSDA O 0/3.3 V DC Drum, T/C data signal
9 TSENSY I 0/3.3 V DC Toner sensor output signal Y
10 3.3V3F3 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
11 TUNITSCL O 0/3.3 V DC Transfer clock signal
12 GND - - Ground
13 TUNITSDA O 0/3.3 V DC Transfer data signal
YC8 1 VBUS O 5 V DC 5 V DC power signal

USB host 2 -DATA O 5 V DC Data signal(-)
3 +DATA O 5 V DC Data signal(+)
4 GND - - Ground
YC9 1 DLPSOLN O 0/24 V DC Color developer stop solenoid control signal

Color devel- 2 +24V5F1F O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
oper stop sole-
3 MFPFDSOLN O 0/24 V DC MP paper feed solenoid control signal
noid, MP paper
detection sen- 4 +24V5F1F O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
sor, MP paper 5 MPFPE I 0/3.3 V DC MP paper detection sensor signal
feed solenoid
6 GND - - Ground
7 3.3V1LED1 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
YC11 1 MMOTDIRN O 0/5 V DC Main motor direction signal

Main motor 2 MMOTRDYN I 0/3.3 V DC Main motor ready signal
3 MMOTCLKN O 0/5 V DC Main motor clock signal
4 MMOTREMN O 0/5 V DC Main motor control signal
5 GND - - Ground
6 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
8-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC13 1 SD_D3 3.3 V DC Data signal
WiFi PWB 2 SD_D2 3.3 V DC Data signal
3 SD_CMD 3.3 V DC Command signal
4 GND - - Ground
5 SD_CLK 3.3 V DC Clock signal
6 GND - - Ground
7 SD_D1 O 3.3 V DC Data signal
8 SD_D0 O 3.3 V DC Data signal
9 GND - - Ground
10 VIO O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power supply
11 VBAT O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power supply
12 GND - - Ground
13 PAVDD O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power supply
14 GND - - Ground
15 HOSTWAKE O 3.3 V DC Data signal(Interruption)
16 GND - - Ground
17 RST I 3.3 V DC Reset signal(WiFi side open)
18 GND - - Ground
19 USB_- - - Ground(Pull down)
20 USB_+ - - Ground(Pull down)
YC15 1 FUSER I 0/3.3 V DC Eject sensor detection signal

Eject sensor, 2 GND - - Ground
Fuser pressure
3 +3.3V3LED1 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
release sensor
4 PRSDIR I 0/3.3 V DC Fuser pressure release sensor detection sig-
nal
5 GND - - Ground
YC16 1 REGIST I 0/3.3 V DC Registration sensor detection signal

Cassette detec- 2 GND - - Ground
tion sensor, reg-
istration sensor
4 CASPE I 0/3.3 V DC Paper detection sensor signal
5 GND - - Ground
8-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC20 1 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Polygon motor 2 GND - - Ground
3 POLRMN O 0/5 V DC Polygon motor remote signal
4 POLRDYN I 0/3.3 V DC Polygon motor ready signal
5 POLCLKN O 0/5 V DC Polygon motor clock signal
YC21 1 GND - - Ground

APC PWB 2 LSUTH I 0/3.3 V DC LSU thermistor output
3 XAPCNY O 0/3.3 V DC Sample hold signal Y
4 XAPCNC O 0/3.3 V DC Sample hold signal C
5 VCONTY O 0/3.3 V DC Light amount adjustment reference voltage Y
6 VCONTC O 0/3.3 V DC Light amount adjustment reference voltage C
7 GND - - Ground
8 VDATAYP O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(+)
9 VDATAYN O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(-)
10 GND - - Ground
11 VDATACP O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(+)
12 VDATACN O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(-)
13 GND - - Ground
14 VDATAMP O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(+)
15 VDATAMN O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(-)
16 GND - - Ground
17 VDATAKP O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(+)
18 VDATAKN O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Video data(-)
19 GND - - Ground
20 VCONTM O 0/3.3 V DC Light amount adjustment reference voltage M
21 VCONTK O 0/3.3 V DC Light amount adjustment reference voltage K
22 XAPCNM O 0/3.3 V DC Sample hold signal M
23 XAPCNK O 0/3.3 V DC Sample hold signal K
24 OUTPEN O 0/3.3 V DC LD driver enable signal
25 BDN I 0/3.3 V DC Main scanning synchronization signal
8-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC22 1 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Eject fan motor, 2 EXITFANRN O 0/24 V DC Eject1 fan motor control signal
In-machine fan
3 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
motor
4 FANRN O 0/24 V DC In-machine fan motor control signal

Fuser thermis- 2 TH1 I 0/3.3 V DC Fuser thermistor output
tor
YC24 1 +3.3V3F4 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output

ID sensor left/ 2 LEDREFR O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output for LED
right
3 GND - - Ground
4 VORR I Analog ID sensor output signal
5 VODR I Analog ID sensor output signal
6 NC - - Not used
8 LEDREFL O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output for LED
9 GND - - Ground
10 VORL I Analog ID sensor output signal
11 VODL I Analog ID sensor output signal
YC26 1 +5V1F - 5 V DC 5 V DC power output
Operation panel 2 P2CSDAT I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication transmission data signal
PWB
3 INTMENUKEY I 0/3.3 V DC Menu key detection signal
4 C2PSDAT O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication reception data signal
5 INTGOKEY I 0/3.3 V DC GO key detection signal
6 +3.3V1F - 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
7 C2PRSTN O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication panel reset signal
8 GND - - Ground
YC31 1 +24V5 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output

Inter ock switch 2 NC - - Not used
3 +24V5IL O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
YC35 1 TEMP O 0/3.3 V DC Thermistor output signal

Thermistor 2 GND - - Ground
PWB
3 HUMCLK O 0/3.3 V DC Temperature sensor clock signal
4 HUMDATA O 0/3.3 V DC Temperature sensor output signal
8-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC47 1 PF SETN - - Ground
PF PWB, PF 2 +3.3V1LED3 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
cover switch
3 NC - - Not used
4 PF PE I 0/3.3 V DC Paper detection sensor signal for PF
5 PFCOVER I 0/3.3 V DC PF cover switch detection signal
6 GND - - Ground
7 GND - - Ground
8 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power input
9 PFSOL O 0/3.3 V DC PF lift solenoid control signal
10 PFFEEDCL O 0/3.3 V DC PF paper feed clutch control signal
11 PFCL O 0/3.3 V DC PF conveying clutch control signal
12 GND - - Ground
8-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Container relay PWB
Connector position
YC13
YC12 YC4 YC5
YC11 YC3
29 YC2 2 1 10
7 1 2 1 1 21 2 1
YC1 7 1
1
YC10 YC9 YC8 YC7
4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1
Figure 8-3
Figure 8-4
8-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC1: Main/Engine PWB
YC2: Fuser pressure release clutch, Paper feed clutch, Registration clutch, Eject/Both sides clutch
YC3: Lift solenoid, Toner solenoid KMCY
YC4: Right cover switch
YC5: Power switch
YC6: Eraser
YC11: Switchback solenoid, conveying motor
YC13: LSU cleaning motor

Main/Engine 2 GND - - Ground
PWB 3 GND - - Ground
4 GND - - Ground
5 GND - - Ground
6 RCOVER O 0/3.3 V DC Right cover switch detection signal
7 MAINSW O 0/3.3 V DC Power switch detection signal
8 +3.3V3F2 I 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power input
9 CFRAMSDA I/O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication signal
10 CFRAMSCL I 0/3.3 V DC Eraser current switch signal
11 +24V5IL2F1 I 24 V DC 24 V DC power input
15 TNSOLY I 0/3.3 V DC Toner solenoid control signal Y
16 TNSOLC I 0/3.3 V DC Toner solenoid control signal C
17 TNSOLM I 0/3.3 V DC Toner solenoid control signal M
18 TNSOLK I 0/3.3 V DC Toner solenoid control signal K
19 CASOL I 0/3.3 V DC Lift solenoid control signal
20 LSUCLEANMOTA I 0/3.3 V DC LSU cleaning motor control signal
21 LSUCLEANMOTB I 0/3.3 V DC LSU cleaning motor control signal
22 FDMOTCLK I 0/3.3 V DC Conveying motor clock signal
23 FDMOTREM I 0/3.3 V DC Conveying motor remote signal
24 FDMOTRDYN O 0/3.3 V DC Conveying motor ready signal
25 REVSOL I 0/3.3 V DC Switchback solenoid control signal
26 PRSSOL I 0/3.3 V DC Pressure release solenoid control signal
27 FDDUCL I 0/3.3 V DC Paper feed clutch control signal
28 EXITCL I 0/3.3 V DC Eject/Both sides clutch control signal
29 REGCL I 0/3.3 V DC Registration clutch control signal
8-10
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC2 1 +24V5IL2 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Fuser pressure 2 PRSSOL O 0/24 V DC Pressure release solenoid control signal
release clutch,
3 +24V5IL2 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Paper feed
clutch, Regis- 4 FDUCLN O 0/24 V DC Paper feed clutch control signal
tration clutch, 5 +24V5IL2 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Eject/Both
6 REGCLN O 0/24 V DC Registration clutch control signal
sides clutch
8 EXITCLN O 0/24 V DC Eject/Both sides clutch control signal

Lift solenoid, 2 TNSOLYN O 0/24 V DC Toner solenoid control signal Y
Toner solenoid
KMCY
4 TNSOLCN O 0/24 V DC Toner solenoid control signal C
6 TNSOLMN O 0/24 V DC Toner solenoid control signal M
8 TNSOLKN O 0/24 V DC Toner solenoid control signal K
10 CASOLN O 0/24 V DC Lift solenoid control signal

Right cover 2 COVEROPN I 0/3.3 V DC Right cover switch detection signal
switch

Power switch 2 POWERN I 0/3.3 V DC Power switch detection signal

Eraser 2 NC - - Not used
3 LED POWERN O 0/8 V DC Eraser drive remote signal

Switchback 2 REVSOLN O 0/24 V DC Switchback solenoid control signal
solenoid, con-
3 FDMOTRDYN I 0/3.3 V DC Conveying motor ready signal
veying motor
4 FDMOTCLKN O 0/5 V DC Conveying motor clock signal
5 FDMOTREMN O 0/5 V DC Conveying motor remote signal
6 GND - - Ground
8-11
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC13 1 LSUMOTA O 0/24 V DC LSU cleaning motor control signal
LSU cleaning 2 LSUMOTB O 0/24 V DC LSU cleaning motor control signal
motor
8-12
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Unit relay PWB
Connector position
10
YC6 YC2 YC7 YC3 YC8 YC4 YC9 YC5
YC1
7 1 6 1 7 1 6 1 7 1 6 1 7 1 6 1
1
Figure 8-5
Figure 8-6
8-13
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC1: Main/Engine PWB, Transfer PWB
YC2: Drum PWB (Y)
YC3: Drum PWB (C)
YC4: Drum PWB (M)
YC5: Drum PWB (K)
YC6: T/C sensor (Y)
YC7: T/C sensor (C)
YC8: T/C sensor (M)
YC9: T/C sensor (K)

YC1 1 TSENSY O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal Y
Main/Engine 2 UNITSDA I/O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal
PWB, Transfer
3 GND - - Ground
PWB
4 UNITSCL I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication clock signal
5 +3.3V3F3 I 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power input
6 TSENSC O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal C
7 TSENSM O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal M
8 TSENSK O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal K
9 UNITTH O Analog Thermistor output signal
10 NC - - Not used
YC2 1 DRUMSDA O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal

Drum PWB (Y) 2 GND O - Ground
3 DRUMSCL O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication clock signal
4 ADRS1 O 0/3.3 V DC Address input signal 1
6 +3.3V3 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output

Drum PWB (C) 2 GND O - Ground
Drum PWB (M) 2 GND O - Ground
8-14
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC5 1 DRUMSDA I/O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal
Drum PWB (K) 2 GND O - Ground
YC6 1 TCSDA I/O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication data signal

T/C sensor (Y) 2 GND O - Ground
3 TCSCL O 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Serial communication clock signal
7 TSENSY I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal Y

T/C sensor (C) 2 GND O - Ground
7 TSENSC I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal C

T/C sensor (M) 2 GND O - Ground
7 TSENSM I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal M
T/C sensor (K) 2 GND O - Ground
7 TSENSK I 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) T/C sensor output signal K
8-15
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(4) High voltage PWB
Connector position
1 20
YC1
Figure 8-7
Figure 8-8
8-16
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6


Main/Engine 2 GND - - Ground
PWB
3 MCTLK I Analog Charge control signal K
4 MCTLM I Analog Charge control signal M
5 MCTLC I Analog Charge control signal C
6 MCTLY I Analog Charge control signal Y
7 T1CTLK I Analog The first transfer control signal K
8 T1CTLMCY I Analog The first transfer control signal MCY
9 T2CTL I Analog The secondary transfer control signal
10 TREV I 0/5 V DC Transfer remote signal
11 DBCTLK I Analog Developer DC control signal K
12 DBCTLM I Analog Developer DC control signal M
13 DBCTLC I Analog Developer DC control signal C
14 DBCTLY I Analog Developer DC control signal Y
15 ACCTLK I Analog Developer AC control signal K
16 ACCTLMCY I Analog Developer AC control signal MCY
17 HVCLKN I 0/5 V DC Developer AC clock signal
20 HVISENS O Analog Charge current monitor signal
8-17
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(5) Low voltage power supply PWB
Connector position
1 8
YC2
YC3
3
Black
White
Figure 8-9
[100V
[200V
Figure 8-10
8-18
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC1: Inlet
YC3: Fuser unit

YC1 1 LIVE I 100 V AC AC power input
Connected to 2 NEUTRAL I 100 V AC AC power input
the inlet
YC2 1 +24V O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
Connected to 2 +24V O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
the Main/
3 SLEEP I 0/7.7 V DC Sleep signal
Engine PWB
4 HEATDRV I 0/24 V DC Heater remote signal
5 GND - - Ground
6 GND - - Ground
7 RELAYDRV I 0/24 V DC Heater relay remote signal
8 ZCROSSN O 0/3.3 V DC Zero cross signal
YC3 1 LIVE O 100 V AC Fuser heater (LIVE)
Connect to the 2 NC - - Not used
Fuser unit
3 NEUTRAL I 100 V AC Fuser heater (NEUTRAL)
8-19
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(6) Operation panel main PWB
Connector position
1 8
YC1
YC2
2
1
Figure 8-11
Figure 8-12
8-20
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Connec- Pin Signal I/O Voltage Description

tor
Main/ 2 C2PRST I 0/3.3 V DC Serial communication panel reset signal
Engine (pulse)
PWB
3 +3.3V1F - 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output
4 INTGOKEYN O 0/3.3 V DC GO key detection signal
5 C2PSDAT I 0/3.3 V DC Serial communication reception data sig-
(pulse) nal
6 INTMENUKEY O 0/3.3 V DC Menu key detection signal
7 P2CSDAT O 0/3.3 V DC Serial communication transmission data
(pulse) signal
8 +5V1F - 5 V DC 5 V DC power output
8-21
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
8-2 Description for PWB (OPTION)

(1) PF PWB (PF-5110)
Connector position
1 7
YC7
1
YC4 YC2
3 1
4
2 YC3 1
Figure 8-13
Figure 8-14
8-22
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

YC2: PF conveying clutch, PF paper feed clutch
YC3: PF lift solenoid
YC4: PF paper detection sensor

YC1 1 +3.3V1LED3 I 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power input
Main/Engine 2 PF PE O 0/3.3 V DC Paper detection sensor signal for PF
PWB
3 +24V5F1 I 24 V DC 24 V DC power input
4 PFSOL I 0/3.3 V DC PF lift solenoid control signal
5 PFFEEDCL I 0/3.3 V DC PF paper feed clutch control signal
6 PFCLN I 0/3.3 V DC PF conveying clutch control signal
7 GND - - Ground
YC2 1 PFCLN O 0/24 V DC PF conveying clutch control signal

PF conveying 2 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
clutch and PF 3 PFFEEDCLN O 0/24 V DC PF paper feed clutch control signal
paper feed
clutch 4 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
YC3 1 PFSOLN O 0/24 V DC PF lift solenoid control signal

PF lift solenoid 2 +24V5F1 O 24 V DC 24 V DC power output
YC4 1 +3.3V1LED3 O 3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC power output

PF paper detec- 2 GND - - Ground
tion sensor
3 PF PE I 0/3.3 V DC Paper detection sensor signal for PF
8-23
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
9 Appendixes
9-1 Appendixes
(1) Repetitive defects gauge
First occurrence of defect
27.9 mm / 1 1/8” Developer roller

29.8 mm / 1 3/16” Chager roller
51.2 mm / 2 3/16” Secondly transfer roller
72.2 mm / 2 13/16” Heat roller

75.3 mm / 2 15/16” Drum
78.5 mm / 3 1/16” Press roller
628.0 mm / 24 3/4” Primaly transfer belt
*: The repetitive marks interval may vary depending on operating conditions.
9-1
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(2) Firmware environment commands

The printer maintains a number of printing parameters in its memory. These parameters may be changed permanently
with the FRPO (Firmware RePrOgram) commands.
This section provides information on how to use the FRPO command and its parameters using examples.
Using FRPO commands for reprogramming the firmware

The current settings of the FRPO parameters are listed as the optional values on the service status page.
Note: Before changing any FRPO parameters, print out a service status page, so you will know the parametervalues
before the changes are made. To return FRPO parameters to their factory default values, send theFRPO INIT (FRPO-
INITialize) command. (!R! FRPO INIT; EXIT;)
The FRPO command is sent to the printer in the following sequence:

!R! FRPO parameter, value; EXIT;
Example: Changing emulation mode to PC-PR201/65A
!R! FRPO P1, 6; EXIT;
FRPO parameters
Items FRPO Setting value Factory setting

Default pattern resolution B8 0: 300 dpi 0
1: 600 dpi
Number of copies at start-up C0 1 to 999 1
Page orientation C1 0: Portrait 0
1: Landscape
Default font* C2 Middle two digits of power-up font 0
C3 Last two digits of power-up font 0
C5 First two digits of power-up font 0
PCL font switching C8 0:HP compatible mode 0
32:Compatibility mode
Total host buffer size H8 0 to 99 in units of the size defined by FRPO S5 5
Form feed time-out value H9 Value in units of 5 seconds (0 to 99). 6
1: 100V
Reduction (100 V model only) J0 0: 100% 0
5: 70 %
6: 81 %
7: 86 %
8: 94 %
9: 98 %
Auto linefeed mode (100 V model J7 0: Auto linefeed 0
only) 1: No auto linefeed
(Japanese emulation only)
Horizontal offset (100 V model K0 -7 to +7 (Integer), unit: cm 0
only) *
K1 -99 to +99 (Decimal), unit: 1/100 cm 0
Vertical offset (100 V model only)* K2 -7 to +7 (Integer), unit: cm 0
K3 -99 to +99 (Decimal), unit: 1/100 cm 0
9-2
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Kanji font number setting K4 0: Same as V7 0
(100 V model only) 1: Mincho 40 dots
2: Gothic 40 dots
5: Mincho 48 dots
6: Gothic 48 dots
New/old JIS code switching K6 0: JIS X 0208: 1990 0
(100 V model only) 1: JIS X 0208: 1978
8: JIS X 0213: 2004
Duplex printing mode selection N4 0: OFF 0
1: Long-edge mode (long-edge bind)
2: Short-edge mode (Short-edge bind)
Sleep timer time-out time N5 1 to 240 minutes 1
Ecoprint level N6 0: OFF 0
2: ON
Default emulation mode P1 6 : PCL6 6
9 : KPDL 9: 120V
Carriage-return action P2 0: Ignores 1
1: CR
2: CR+LF
Linefeed action P3 0: Ignores 1
1: LF
2: CR+LF
KPDL auto switching P4 0: None 0
1: Auto switching 1(120V model)
AES option P7 If the data is neither applicable to KPDL nor 10
Page eject command and action alternate emulation after the AES is started, it 11: 120V
when automatic emulation switch- is processed in the alternate emulation .
ing (AES) is triggered 0: All page eject commands
1: None
2: All page eject commands and Prescribe
EXIT command
3: Prescribe EXIT command only
4: ^L command only
6: Prescribe EXIT command and ^L command
If the data is neither applicable to KPDL nor
alternate emulation after the AES is started, it
is processed in KPDL.
10: Data other than KPDL print data is printed
in the alternate emulation.
Command recognition character P9 ASCII code of 33 to 126 82(R)
9-3
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Paper size(start-up) R2 0: Size of the default paper cassette (See R4.) 0
1: Envelope Monarch
2: Envelope #10
3: Envelope DL
4: Envelope C5
5: Executive
6: Letter
7: Legal
8: ISO A4
9: JIS B5
13: ISO A5
14: ISO A6
15: JIS B6
16: Envelope #9
17: Envelope #6-3/4
18: ISO B5
19: Custom
20: B4toA4(100 V model only)
21: A3toA4(100 V model only)
22: A4toA4[98%](100 V model only)
23: STKtoA4(100 V model only)
31: Hagaki
32: Oufuku Hagaki
33: Oficio II
40: 16K
42: 8.5x13.5
50: Statement
51: Folio
52: Youkei type 2
53: Youkei type 4
Default paper source R4 0: MP paper feed section 1
1: Cassette 1
2: Cassette 2
9-4
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

MP tray size R7 1: Envelope Monarch 8
2: Envelope #10 6(120V)
3: Envelope DL
4: Envelope C5
5: Executive
6: Letter
7: Legal
8: ISO A4
9: JIS B5
13: ISO A5
14: ISO A6
15: JIS B6
16: Envelope #9
17: Envelope #6-3/4
18: ISO B5
19: Custom
31: Hagaki
32: Oufuku Hagaki
33: Oficio II
40: 16K
42: 8.5x13.5
50: Statement
51: Folio
52: Youkei type 2
53: Youkei type 4
A4/Letter override S4 0: OFF 1
1: ON 0 (100V)
Host buffer size rate S5 0: 10KB 1
(H8 value and integration) 1: 100KB
2: 1MB
RAM disk size S6 1 to 1024 400
RAM disk size S7 0: RAM disk mode OFF 1
1: RAM disk mode ON
Tray1 size T1 5: Executive 8
6: Letter 6(120V)
7: Legal
8: ISO A4
9: JIS B5
13: ISO A5
14: ISO A6
15: JIS B6
18: ISO B5
19: Custom
33: Oficio II
40: 16K
42: 8.5x13.5
50: Statement
51: Folio
9-5
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Tray2 size T2 5: Executive 8
6: Letter 6(120V)
7: Legal
8: ISO A4
9: JIS B5
13: ISO A5
14: ISO A6
15: JIS B6
18: ISO B5
19: Custom
33: Oficio II
40: 16K
42: 8.5x13.5
50: Statement
51: Folio
Wide A4 T6 0: OFF 0
1: ON
Line spacing U0 Lines per inch (integer value) 6
U1 Lines per inch (fraction value) 0
Character spacing U2 Characters per inch (integer value) 10
U3 Characters per inch (fraction value) 0
Country code of the resident fonts U6 0: US 41
1: France 0 (100V)
2: Germany
3: U.K.
4: Denmark
5: Sweden
6: Italy
7: Spain
8: Japan
9: US legal
10: IBM PC-850 (Multi-lingual)
11: IBM PC-860 (Portuguese)
12: IBM PC-863 (Canadian French)
13: IBM PC-865 (Norwegian)
14: Norway
15: Denmark 2
16: Spain 2
17: Latin America
Supported symbol sets U7 0: Same as the default emulation mode (P1) 53
1: IBM 0 (100V)
6: PCL
Default font pitch* U8 Default font pitch/integer 10
U9 Default font pitch/decimal 0
9-6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

ANK outline font size at start-up* V0 Integer value of ANK outline font size at power- 0
up
Upper 2-digit/valid value: 00 to 09
V1 Integer value of ANK outline font size at power- 12
up
Lower 2-digit/valid value: 00 to 99
V2 Decimal value of ANK outline font size at 0
power-up
Valid value: 00, 25, 50, 75
ANK outline font name at start-up* V3 ANK outline font name at power-up Courier
Initial Kanji outline font side at V4 Upper 2-digit integer value of Kanji outline font 0
start-up (100 V model only)* size at start-up
Valid value range: 00 to 09
V5 2-digit integer value of the Kanji outline font 10
size at start-up
Valid value range: 00 to 99
V6 2-digit decimal value of the Kanji outline font 0
size at start-up
Valid value: 00, 25, 50, 75
Initial Kanji outline font name (100 V7 Kanji outline font name at start-up MTHSMINCHO-W3
V model only)*
Default weight(courier and letter V9 0: Courier = darkness 5
Gothic) Letter Gothic = darkness
1: Courier = regular
Letter Gothic = darkness
4: Courier = darkness
Letter Gothic = regular
5: Courier = regular
Letter Gothic = regular
Color mode W1 0: BW 1
1: Color (CMYK color)
Gloss mode W6 0: OFF 0
1: ON
9-7
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Paper type for the MP tray X0 1: Plain 1
2: Transparency
3: Preprinted
4: Labels
5: Bond
6: Recycled
7: Rough (except 100 V model)
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
12: Envelope
13: Hagaki
14: Coated
16: Thick
17: High quality
21 to 28 : Custom 1 to Custom 8
Paper type (Paper cassettes 1) X1 1: Plain 1
3: Preprinted
5: Bond
6: Recycled
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
16: Thick
17: High quality
Paper type X2 1: Plain 1
(Option paper cassette 2 to 5) 3: Preprinted
5: Bond
6: Recycled
9: Letterhead
10: Color
11: Prepunched
16: Thick
17: High quality
Cassette selection mode (PCL) X9 0: Paper selection depending on an escape 0
sequence compatible with HP-LJ5Si
2: Paper selection depending on an escape
sequence compatible with HP-LJ8000
Auto error clear at an error Y0 0: OFF 0
1: ON
Auto error clear timeout time Y1 Value in units of 5 seconds (0 to 99). 6
9-8
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6

Paper error detection at duplex Y3 0: Not detected 33
printing 33: Detected
Paper size and type error detec-
tion at fixed paper source
Forced duplex printing setting Y4 0: OFF 0
(Media type is Preprinted, 1: ON
Prepunched and Letterhead only)
PDF direct printing Y5 0: Zoom depending on paper size 0
1: Loads paper which is the same size as the
image
2: Loads Letter, A4 size paper depending on
the image sizeEnlarges or reduces the image
to fit in the current paper size
the image size
8: Printed in full magnification
the image size
the image sizeEnlarges or reduces the image
to fit in the current paper size
13 to 99: Same action as default value(0)
Job box error control Y6 0: No error control 3
1: Output the error list
2: Displays the error
3: Displays the error and prints the error report
*: Ignored depending on emulation
9-9
[CONFIDENTIAL]
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
(3) Maintenance Commands

This section provides information on how to use the maintenance command and its parameters using examples.
Coverage setting
Content
Display the each coverage counter at full-color print and set the coverage level.
Purpose
Set the counter display at the color print
Command !R! KCFG “TCCM”,#; EXIT;

Parameter Depending on the average coverage of toner Y/M/C, The
counter of the full-color print is set for three steps.
0: (Only one step) Full-Color count: Default
1: Color coverage counter
Example 1: Set the display of the color coverage counter.

!R! KCFG “TCCM”,1;EXIT;
Setting the Color coverage Level
Purpose
To set the Color coverage Level at the color print.
Command !R! KCFG “STCT”, #, #; EXIT;

Parameter Level 1 !R! KCFG “STCT”, 1, #; EXIT;
(Low coverage) (1 ≤ # ≤ 999, 0.1%/unit)
Print with the density lower than the density set as Level 1
is considered as low coverage count
Level 2 !R! KCFG “STCT”, 2, #; EXIT;
(Middle coverage) (2 ≤ # < 999, 0.1%/unit, bigger% than Level 1)
Print with the density between the density set as Level 1
and Level 2 is considered as middle coverage count
Example 1: Set the Level 1 (Low coverage) setting to 2%.

!R! KCFG “STCT”,1,20; EXIT;
Example 2: Set the Level 2 (Middle coverage) setting to 5%.
!R! KCFG “STCT”,2,50; EXIT;
* Print with the density more than the density set as Level 2 is considered as Level 3 (High coverage) count.
9-10
+24V5IL2
LSU
7 7 1 1
INLET
GND
Fuser unit
6 6 2 2
5 5 FDMOT REMN
3 3
LIVE
GND
thermistor
4 4 FDMOTCLK N Feed motor
4 4
3 3 FDMOT RDYN
5 5
YC7
YC11
NEUTRAL
LIVE
(4) Wiring diagram
1 1 1 1
Laser scanner unit

6 6
2 2 2 2
NEUTRAL
3 3 3 3
Contact (Y)
2 2 REVSOLN 1 2 Feed shift
GND
LSUTH
Container PWB
1 1 +24V5IL2 2 1 solenoid
YC3
2
1
YC8
YC1
2
1
GND 8 8 EXITCLN
1 1 1 Eject/Duplex
1 +24V5IL2
LSUTH 7 7
(Edge)
2 2 2 clutch
YC3
2
Contact (C)
XAPCNY 3
3
Container PWB
XAPCNC
SW: Only South Korea

4 4 REGCLN
Thermistor 1
VCONTY 5 6 6 1 1 Regisutration
5 +24V5IL2
VCONTC 6 5 5 2 2 clutch
6
GND 7 YC9
Low voltage
7
YC2
VDATAYP 8
8 FDUCLN
VDATAYN 9 4 4 1 1 Paper feed
9 +24V5IL2
GND 10
Contact (M)
3 3 2 2
10 clutch
ID sensor (L)
ID sensor (R)
Container PWB
VDATACP
power source PWB

11 11
YC2
VDATACN 12
12
GND
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13 13 PRSSCL Fuser press
VDATAMP 2 2 1 1
YC10
14 14 +24V5IL2
8
7
6
3
2
1
5
4
VDATAMN 15 1 1 2 2 release clutch
15
GND
GND
GND
16 16
VODL
VORL
YC21
VODR
VORR
Contact (K)
VDATAKP 17
17 Interlock
GND
GND
Container PWB
+3.3V3F4
+3.3V3F4
VDATAKN
LEDREFL
2
+24V0
LEDREFR
18
+24V0
18
SLEEP
GND switch
19 19 1
YC12
HEATDRV
APC/PD PWB
VCONTM
ZCROSSN
20 20
RELAYDRV
+24V5
VCONTK
TH1
GND
21 21
+24V5IL
XAPCNM 10 1 CASOLN
22 22 2 1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
2
1
XAPCNK +24V5IL2 Lift solenoid
YC1
23 23 9 2 1 2
OUTPEN GND
2
1
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
3
2
1
11
24
10
24 29 1
BDN 25 GND
25 28 2
3.3V3F1 26 GND
26
5 YC1
3.3V3F1 27 GND 3 8 3 TNSOLKN
6 YC24
YC31
2 1
YC23
27 27 26
Toner
3.3V3F1 GND 4 7 4 +24V5IL2
28 28 1 2 solenoid (K)
3.3V3F1 25 RCOVER 5
29 29 24
3.3V3F1 MAINSW 6
30 30 23 +3.3V3F2 7 6 5 TNSOLMN Toner
2 1
YC3
22 CFRAMSDA 8 5 6 +24V5IL2 1 2 solenoid (M)

21 CFRAMSCL 9
20 10
Container relay PWB
POLCLK N +24V5IL2F1
1 1 5 5 19 11 TNSOLCN
+24VILF
POL RDYN +24V5IL2F1 4 7 2 1 Toner

2 2 4 4 18 12
Polygon POLREMN +24V5IL2F1 3 8 +24V5IL2 1 2 solenoid (C)
3 3 3 3 17 13
GND +24V5IL2F1
YC20
motor 4 4 2 2
+24V5F1 16 TNSOLY 14
5 5 1 1 15 15
TNSOLC 2 9 TNSOLYN 2 1 Toner
YC1
14 16
YC2
TNSOLM 1 10 +24V5IL2 1 2 solenoid (Y)

13 TNSOLK 17
12 18
YS1
DDR socket CAS OL
11 LSUCLEANMOTA 19 COVEROPN
10 20 2 2 1 1 Right cover
LSUCLEANMOTB GND
YC4
9 21 1 1 2 2 switch
FDMOTCLK
SD card 8 FDMOTREM 22
YC29
7 FDMOTRDYN 23
6 24 POWERN
Debugger (Main)
Debugger (Main)
REVSOL 2 2 Power source

Debugger (Engine)
Flush write (Engine)
5 PRSSOL 25 1 1 GND
YC5
4 26 switch
FDDUCL
3 EXITCL 27
3 3 LED POWERN
2 28
sensor
REGCL N.C
Main/Engine PWB (1/2)

1 29 2 2
YC6
1 1 GND
YC13
YC33
YC32
YC34
YC50
Temperature
2 1
1 2
20 GND 1
19 GND 2
YC1
18 MCTLK 3
sensor
MCTLM
9-11
17 4
Humidity
LSUMOTA
LSUMOTB
16 MCTLC 5
USB
YC28
MCTLY
Eraser
dvice
15 6
LSU
14 T1CTLK 7
YC27
T1CTLMCY 1 2 1
13 8
Ethernet
T2CTL 2 1 2
12 9
11 TREV 10
DBCTLK
YC3
10 11
cleaning motor
9 DBCTLM 12
8 DBCTLC 13
7 DBCTLY 14
ACCTLK
High voltage PWB
6 15
5 ACCTLMCY 16
Paper 3 3 +3.3V1LED3 1 6 4 HVCLKN 17
2 2 GND 2 5 3 +24V5IL2F2 18
detection +24V5IL2F2
sensor 1 1 CASPE 3 4 2 19
1 HVISENS 20
YC16
3 3 +3.3V3LED3 4 3
Registration 4 4 TEMP
2 2 GND 5 2 1 1
sensor 3 3 GND
1 1 REGIST 6 1 2 2
HUMCLK
YC35
2 2 3 3
-
1 1 HUMDATA
4 4
sensor (out)
Temperature
Fuser press 3 3 +3.3V3LED2 1 6

release 2 2 GND 2 5
sensor 1 1 PRSDIR 3 4
YC15
3 3 +3.3V3LED1 4 3
Eject
2 2 GND 5 2
sensor 1 1 FUSER 6 1 VBUS 1 1
- DATA 2 2
+DATA
YC8
3 3
FANRN GND 4 4
Inner fan 2 1 4 4
USB host
1 2 +24V5F1 3 3
motor
YC22
2 1 EXITFANRN 2 2
Eject fan
1 2 +24V5F1
motor 1 1
YC13
PWB
Wi-Fi
*Wi-Fi model only
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
6 DRUMSDA
1
5 GND
2
4 DRUMSCL
3
ADRS1
(Y)
YC1
3 4
YC2
2 ADRS0
5
+3.3V3
Drum PWB
1
Drum unit (Y)

6
DRUMSDA
6
GND 1
5
DRUMSCL 2
4
ADRS1 3
YC1
(C)
3
ADRS0 4
YC3
2
+3.3V3 5
1
Drum PWB
Drum unit (C)

6
DRUMSDA
6 1
GND
5 2
DRUMSCL
4 3
ADRS1
YC4
YC1
3 4
(M)
ADRS0
2 5
+3.3V3
1 6
Drum PWB
Drum unit (M)

6 DRUMSDA
1
5 GND
2 10 10
DRUMSCL UNITTH
Unit relay PWB

4 3 9 9 1 1
ADRS1
(K)
3 TSENSK
YC1
4
YC5
ADRS0 8 8 2 2
2 5 TSENSM
+3.3V3 7 7 3 3
Drum PWB
TSENSC
Drum unit (K)

1 6 6 6 4 4
+3.3V3F3
YC7
5 5 5 5
UNITSCL
YC1
4 4 6 6
GND
TCSDA 3 3 7 7
7 1 UNITSDA
GND 2 2 8 8
6 2 TSENSY
TCSCL 1 1 9 9
5 3
4 ADRS1 4
(Y)
YC1
YC6
3 ADRS0 5
2 +3.3V3 6
DLP unit (Y)

T/C sensor
1 TSENSY 7
TCSDA 1
7
GND 2
6
TCSCL 3
5
ADRS1 4
4
(C)
YC1
YC7
ADRS0 5
3
+3.3V3 6
2
T/C sensor
DLP unit (C)

1 TSENSC 7
Buzzer
TCSDA 1
7
GND 2
6
TCSCL 3 1
5
YC2
ADRS1 4 GND 2
4
YC8
(M)
8 1
YC1
ADRS0 5 C2PRST
3 7 2
Operation panel PWB
+3.3V3 6 +3.3V1F
2
T/C sensor
6 3
DLP unit (M)

TSENSM 7 INTGOKEY
1 5 4
C2PSDAT
4 5
YC1
YC26
INTMENUKEY
3 6
TCSDA
LC D
1 P2CSDAT
128*32
7 2 7
GND 2 +5V1F
6 1 8
TCSCL 3
5
ADRS1 4
4
(K)
YC9
YC1
ADRS0 5
3
+3.3V3 6
2
T/C sensor
DLP unit (K)

TSENSK 7
1
9-12
PF SETN
1 1 1 1
+3.3V1LED3 +3.3V1LED3 2 2
PF paper 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
Main/Engine PWB (2/2)
GND 2 2 3 3 3 3
detection 2 2 PF PE
YC4
PF PE 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 4
switch 1 1
PF rear 2 2 PFCOVER 5 5 5 5
cover switch 1 1 GND 6 6 6 6
YC47
PF lift +24V5F1
YC1
1 1
solenoid PFSOLN 2 2 GND
YC3
7 7 7 7
3 3 +24V5F1 8 8 8 8
4 4 PFSOL 9 9 9 9
P F PWB
5 5 PFFEEDCL
10 10 10 10
PF paper 2 2 +24V5F1 1 4 6 6 PFCL
PFFEEDCLN 2 3 GND 11 11 11 11
feed clutch 1 1 7 7 12 12 12 12
YC2
PF feed 2 2 +24V5F1 3 2
clutch 1 1 PFCLN 4 1
PF unit
1 1 +24V 5F1 6 6
2 2 GND 5 5
Main motor 3 3 MMOT REMN 4 4
MMOTCLK N
YC11
(Drum/Developer) 4 4 3 3
5 5 MMOT RDYN 2 2
6 6 MMOT DIRN 1 1
+3.3V1LED1 1 3 1 7
3 3
MP paper GND
MP unit
2 2 2 2 2 6
detection sensor MPFPE 3 1 3 5
1 1
MP paper +24V5F1F 1 2 4 4
MPFDSO LN 2 1 5 3
YC9
feed solenoid
+24V5F1F 1 2
Color developer 6 2
DLPSOLN 2 1
stop solenoid 7 1
2RB/2RC/2RD/2RF/3R6
[CONFIDENTIAL]
[CONFIDENTIAL]
Instaration Guide
PF-5110
(250 sheets × 1 Paper Feeder)
Installation Guide
PF-5110
安裝手冊
㉘㾌㙼⇨㉐
Руководство по установке
For U.S.A.: For Canada:
To install the optional paper feeder unit, contact your service representative. CAN ICES-3B/NMB-3B
This unit is for use only with Models ECOSYS M5526cdw, ECOSYS M5526cdn, ECOSYS M5521cdw,
ECOSYS M5521cdn, ECOSYS P5026cdw, ECOSYS P5026cdn, ECOSYS P5021cdw and ECOSYS P5021cdn.
PF-5110 安裝PF-5110 1 2
PF-5110 㻼㻲㻙㻡㻝㻝㻜㉘㾌
㉘㾌
PF-5110 㻼㻲㻙㻡㻝㻝㻜䛾タ⨨
PF-5110
PF-5110 2
Установка PF-5110
1
3 4 5
1 2
1
4
1
Загрузка бумаги 2
1
裝入紙張 3
1
㟝㫴G㤵㣠
3 4 5
2016.4 303R65631001
[CONFIDENTIAL]
KYOCERA Document Solutions America, Inc. KYOCERA Document Solutions Asia Limited
Headquarters Unit 3 & 5, 16/F.,Mita Centre, 552-566, Castle Peak Road
225 Sand Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, Hong Kong
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008, USA Phone: +852-2496-5678
Phone: +1-973-808-8444 Fax: +852-2610-2063
Fax: +1-973-882-6000
Latin America KYOCERA Document Solutions
8240 NW 52nd Terrace Dawson Building, Suite 100 (China) Corporation
Miami, Florida 33166, USA 8F, No. 288 Nanjing Road West, Huangpu District,
Phone: +1-305-421-6640 Shanghai,200003, China
Fax: +1-305-421-6666 Phone: +86-21-5301-1777
Fax: +86-21-5302-8300
KYOCERA Document Solutions Canada, Ltd.
6120 Kestrel Rd., Mississauga, ON L5T 1S8, KYOCERA Document Solutions
Canada (Thailand) Corp., Ltd.
Phone: +1-905-670-4425 335 Ratchadapisek Road, Wongsawang, Bangsue,
Fax: +1-905-670-8116 Bangkok 10800,
Thailand
KYOCERA Document Solutions Phone: +66-2-586-0333
Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Fax: +66-2-586-0278
Calle Arquimedes No. 130, 4 Piso, Colonia Polanco
Chapultepec, Delegacion Miguel Hidalgo, KYOCERA Document Solutions
Distrito Federal, C.P. 11560, México Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Phone: +52-555-383-2741 12 Tai Seng Street #04-01A,
Fax: +52-555-383-7804 Luxasia Building, Singapore 534118
Phone: +65-6741-8733
KYOCERA Document Solutions Brazil, Ltda. Fax: +65-6748-3788
Alameda África, 545, Pólo Empresarial Consbrás,
Tamboré, Santana de Parnaíba, State of São Paulo, CEP KYOCERA Document Solutions
06543-306, Brazil Hong Kong Limited
Phone: +55-11-2424-5353
Unit 1,2,4,6,8 & 10, 16/F.,Mita Centre, 552-566, Castle
Fax: +55-11-2424-5304
Peak Road Tsuen Wan, New Territories, Hong Kong
Phone: +852-3582-4000
KYOCERA Document Solutions Chile SpA Fax: +852-3185-1399
Jose Ananias 505, Macul. Santiago, Chile
Phone: +562-2350-7000 KYOCERA Document Solutions
Fax: +562-2350-7150 Taiwan Corporation
6F., No.37, Sec. 3, Minquan E. Rd.,
KYOCERA Document Solutions
Zhongshan Dist., Taipei 104, Taiwan R.O.C.
Australia Pty. Ltd. Phone: +886-2-2507-6709
Level 3, 6-10 Talavera Road North Ryde N.S.W, 2113, Fax: +886-2-2507-8432
Australia
Phone: +61-2-9888-9999 KYOCERA Document Solutions Korea Co., Ltd.
Fax: +61-2-9888-9588 #10F Daewoo Foundation Bldg 18, Toegye-ro, Jung-gu,
Seoul, Korea
KYOCERA Document Solutions Phone: +822-6933-4050
New Zealand Ltd. Fax: +822-747-0084
Ground Floor, 19 Byron Avenue, Takapuna, Auckland,
New Zealand KYOCERA Document Solutions
Phone: +64-9-415-4517 India Private Limited
Fax: +64-9-415-4597 Second Floor, Centrum Plaza, Golf Course Road,
Sector-53, Gurgaon, Haryana 122002, India
Phone: +91-0124-4671000
Fax: +91-0124-4671001
[CONFIDENTIAL]
KYOCERA Document Solutions Europe B.V. KYOCERA Document Solutions

Bloemlaan 4, 2132 NP Hoofddorp, Deutschland GmbH
The Netherlands Otto-Hahn-Strasse 12, 40670 Meerbusch,
Phone: +31-20-654-0000 Germany
Fax: +31-20-653-1256 Phone: +49-2159-9180
Fax: +49-2159-918100
KYOCERA Document Solutions Nederland B.V.
Beechavenue 25, 1119 RA Schiphol-Rijk, KYOCERA Document Solutions Austria GmbH
The Netherlands Altmannsdorferstraße 91, Stiege 1, 2. OG, Top 1, 1120,
Phone: +31-20-5877200 Wien, Austria
Fax: +31-20-5877260 Phone: +43-1-863380
Fax: +43-1-86338-400
KYOCERA Document Solutions (U.K.) Limited
Eldon Court, 75-77 London Road, KYOCERA Document Solutions Nordic AB
Reading, Berkshire RG1 5BS, Esbogatan 16B 164 75 Kista, Sweden
United Kingdom Phone: +46-8-546-550-00
Phone: +44-118-931-1500 Fax: +46-8-546-550-10
Fax: +44-118-931-1108
KYOCERA Document Solutions Norge Nuf
KYOCERA Document Solutions Italia S.p.A.
Olaf Helsetsv. 6, 0619 Oslo, Norway
Via Monfalcone 15, 20132, Milano, Italy, Phone: +47-22-62-73-00
Phone: +39-02-921791 Fax: +47-22-62-72-00
Fax: +39-02-92179-600
KYOCERA Document Solutions Danmark A/S
KYOCERA Document Solutions Belgium N.V.
Ejby Industrivej 60, DK-2600 Glostrup,
Sint-Martinusweg 199-201 1930 Zaventem, Denmark
Belgium Phone: +45-70223880
Phone: +32-2-7209270 Fax: +45-45765850
Fax: +32-2-7208748
KYOCERA Document Solutions Portugal Lda.
KYOCERA Document Solutions France S.A.S.
Rua do Centro Cultural, 41 (Alvalade) 1700-106 Lisboa,
Espace Technologique de St Aubin Portugal
Route de I’Orme 91195 Gif-sur-Yvette CEDEX, Phone: +351-21-843-6780
France Fax: +351-21-849-3312
Phone: +33-1-69852600
Fax: +33-1-69853409 KYOCERA Document Solutions
KYOCERA Document Solutions Espana, S.A. South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
Edificio Kyocera, Avda. de Manacor No.2, KYOCERA House, Hertford Office Park,
28290 Las Matas (Madrid), Spain 90 Bekker Road (Cnr. Allandale), Midrand, South Africa
Phone: +34-91-6318392 Phone: +27-11-540-2600
Fax: +34-91-6318219 Fax: +27-11-466-3050
KYOCERA Document Solutions Finland Oy KYOCERA Document Solutions Russia LLC.

Atomitie 5C, 00370 Helsinki, Building 2, 51/4, Schepkina St., 129110, Moscow,
Finland Russia
Phone: +358-9-47805200 Phone: +7(495)741-0004
Fax: +358-9-47805390 Fax: +7(495)741-0018
KYOCERA Document Solutions KYOCERA Document Solutions Middle East

Europe B.V., Amsterdam (NL) Zürich Branch Dubai Internet City, Bldg. 17,
Office 157 P.O. Box 500817, Dubai,
Hohlstrasse 614, 8048 Zürich, United Arab Emirates
Switzerland Phone: +971-04-433-0412
Phone: +41-44-9084949
Fax: +41-44-9084950
KYOCERA Document Solutions Inc.
KYOCERA Bilgitas Document Solutions 2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku
Turkey A.S. Osaka 540-8585, Japan
Gülbahar Mahallesi Otello Kamil Sk. No:6 Mecidiyeköy Phone: +81-6-6764-3555
34394 Şişli İstanbul, Turkey http://www.kyoceradocumentsolutions.com
Phone: +90-212-356-7000
Fax: +90-212-356-6725
© 2017 KYOCERA Document Solutions Inc.

is a trademark of KYOCERA Corporation

Service

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

[CONFIDENTIAL]

FOR AUTHORIZED KYOCERA ENGINEERS ONLY. DO NOT DISTRIBUTE TO NON-AUTHORIZED PAR-

RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BAT-

IL Y A UN RISQUE D’EXPLOSION SI LA BATTERIE EST REMPLACEE PAR UN MODELE DE TYPE

Notation of products in the manual

Product name Print speed Network KDJ KDA KDE KDAU

This page is intentionally left blank.

Safety warnings and precautions

General warning. Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

General prohibited action. Disassembly prohibited.

Always ground the copier.

2. Precautions for Maintenance

• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................................................................

• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .....................................................................

This page is intentionally left blank.

(2-1)Paper feeder ....................................................................................................... 3-5

(3)Storage of the toner container.......................................................................................... 4-1

(1-1)Detaching and reattaching the retard,

(1-15)Irregular horizontal white streaks appear in the image

(2) Printer Functions

(3) Paper Feeder (PF-5110)(Option)

1-2 Part Names

1. Top Tray 6. Button

(2) Part Names (Connectors/Interior)

1. USB Interface Connector 6. Multi Purpose Tray

10. Toner Container (Yellow) 13. Toner Container (Black)

(3) With Optional Equipments Attached

(4) Operation Panel

1. [Menu] key: Displays the Menu screen.

1-3 Optional Equipment

(2) Card Authen-

(4) SD/SDHC Memory Card

(1) PF-5110 "Paper Feeder"

(2) Card Authentication Kit(B) "Card Authentication Kit"

(3) UG-33 "ThinPrint Option"

(4) SD/SDHC Memory Card

30mm 300mm 500mm 300mm

2-2 Installing the main unit

Unpacking and checking bundled items

Optional unit installation

Setting up the Toner Container

Connecting the Interface Cable Default Setting

Loading Paper Installing Software

Turn the power on Output a Status report

Completion of installing the main unit

(1) Unpacking and checking bundled items

1. Right Upper pad 7. Plastic bag

Note: Make sure to install the main unit on a level surface.

(1-2) Paper Feeder(Option)

1. Paper Feeder 3. Main unit cover 5. Left pad

(2) Optional unit installation

(3) Setting up the Toner Container

1 Remove the right cover (a).

2 Remove the toner set up label.

3 Close the right cover.

(4) Connecting to the Interface Cable

1 Connect the cable to the machine.

2 Connect the other end of the cable to the hub.

(4-2) Connecting USB Cable

2 Connect the other end of the cable to the hub.

(4-3) Connecting the Power Cable

1 Connect the cord

(5) Setting of the Paper